Chapters in this book

112 of 112 chapters

148 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

What Has Been Related That Salāt Is Not Accepted Without Purification

Hadith 1

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1. Ibn ‘Umar narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: “Salāt will not be accepted without purification, nor charity from Ghulūl[1].” (Ṣaḥīh) Hannād said in his narration, “except with purification”[2] [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is the most correct thing on this topic, and the best. There are also narrations on this topic from Abū Al-Malīḥ, from his father; and Abū Hurairah, and Anas. And Abū Al-Malīḥ bin Usāmah's name is 'Āmir, and they also say it was Zāid bin Usāmah bin 'Umaīr Al-Hudhālī.

Arabic text

١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌أَبُو عَوَانَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ . (ح) وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ ، عَنْ ‌إِسْرَائِيلَ ، عَنْ ‌سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ ‌مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تُقْبَلُ صَلَاةٌ بِغَيْرِ طُهُورٍ،» وَلَا صَدَقَةٌ مِنْ غُلُولٍ قَالَ هَنَّادٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: إِلَّا بِطُهُورٍ. هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَحْسَنُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي الْمَلِيحِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَنَسٍ. وَأَبُو الْمَلِيحِ بْنُ أُسَامَةَ اسْمُهُ عَامِرٌ، وَيُقَالُ: زَيْدُ بْنُ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ الْهُذَلِيُّ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Ghulūl refers to goods stolen from war booty, or concealed, before it is divided among the soldiers. It also carries the general meaning of unlawful wealth. See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

2 [2] That is, “Salāt will not be accepted, except with purification.” And Hannād is one of the narrators.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 1

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 1

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

What Has Been Related About The Virtue Of Purification

Hadith 2

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2. Abū Hurairah narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "When a Muslim, or believer, performs Wudu', washing his face, every evil that he looked at with his eyes leaves with the water – or with the last drop of water, or an expression similar to that – and when he washes his hands, every evil he did with his hands leaves with the water – or with the last drop of water – until he becomes free of sin." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ; it is a Hadīth of Mālik, from Suhail from his father, from Abū Hurairah. And Abū Ṣāliḥ (one of the narrators), the father of Suhail, is Abū Ṣāliḥ As-Sammān, and his name is Dhakwān. As for Abū Hurairah, there is dispute over his name. They say it was 'Abdu Shams, and they say it was 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr. This is what Muhammad bin Ismā'īl said, and this is the most correct. [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Uthmān [bin 'Affān], Thawbān, Aṣ-Ṣunābīhī, 'Amr bin Abasah, Salmān, and 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr. Aṣ-Ṣunābīhī, the one who narrates from Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq, did not himself hear from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, and his name is 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Usailah, and his Kunya is Abū 'Abdullāh. He traveled to meet the Prophet ﷺ, but the Prophet ﷺ died while he was on the way to him. He has reported some Aḥādīth from the Prophet ﷺ. There is a Companion of the Prophet ﷺ named Aṣ-Ṣunābīhī bin Al-Aṣar Al-Aḥmasī, and they call him Aṣ-Ṣunābīhī as well, but his only Hadīth is that he said, "I heard the Prophet ﷺ saying: 'Indeed I will boast before the other nations because of you. So do not fight each other after me.'"

Arabic text

٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَعْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْقَزَّازُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ . (ح) وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ ‌مَالِكٍ ، عَنْ ‌سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ الْعَبْدُ الْمُسْلِمُ أَوِ الْمُؤْمِنُ» فَغَسَلَ وَجْهَهُ، خَرَجَتْ مِنْ وَجْهِهِ كُلُّ خَطِيئَةٍ نَظَرَ إِلَيْهَا بِعَيْنَيْهِ مَعَ الْمَاءِ، أَوْ مَعَ آخِرِ قَطْرِ الْمَاءِ، أَوْ نَحْوَ هَذَا، وَإِذَا غَسَلَ يَدَيْهِ خَرَجَتْ مِنْ يَدَيْهِ كُلُّ خَطِيئَةٍ بَطَشَتْهَا يَدَاهُ مَعَ الْمَاءِ أَوْ مَعَ آخِرِ قَطْرِ الْمَاءِ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ نَقِيًّا مِنَ الذُّنُوبِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، وَهُوَ حَدِيثُ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. وَأَبُو صَالِحٍ وَالِدُ سُهَيْلٍ هُوَ أَبُو صَالِحٍ السَّمَّانُ، وَاسْمُهُ ذَكْوَانُ. وَأَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ اخْتَلَفُوا فِي اسْمِهِ، فَقَالُوا: عَبْدُ شَمْسٍ، وَقَالُوا: عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، وَهَكَذَا قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، وَهَذَا الْأَصَحُّ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ، وَثَوْبَانَ، وَالصُّنَابِحِيِّ، وَعَمْرِو بْنِ عَبَسَةَ، وَسَلْمَانَ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو. وَالصُّنَابِحِيُّ هَذَا الَّذِي رَوَى عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ لَيْسَ لَهُ سَمَاعٌ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَاسْمُهُ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عُسَيْلَةَ، وَيُكْنَى: أَبَا عَبْدِ اللهِ، رَحَلَ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُبِضَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ فِي الطَّرِيقِ، وَقَدْ رَوَى عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَحَادِيثَ. وَالصُّنَابِحُ بْنُ الْأَعْسَرِ الْأَحْمَسِيُّ، صَاحِبُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يُقَالُ لَهُ: الصُّنَابِحِيُّ أَيْضًا، وَإِنَّمَا حَدِيثُهُ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: إِنِّي مُكَاثِرٌ بِكُمُ الْأُمَمَ، فَلَا تَقْتَتِلُنَّ بَعْدِي.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

What Has been Related That The Key To Ṣalāt Is Purification

Hadith 3

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

3. 'Alī narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The key to Ṣalāt is the purification, its Tahrīm is the Takbīr, and its Tahlīl is the Taslīm."[1] (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is the most correct thing related about this topic, and the best. As for 'Abdullāh bin Muḥammad bin 'Aqīl (one of the narrators), he is truthful, some of the people of knowledge have criticized him due to his memory. [Abū 'Eisā said:] I heard Muḥammad bin Ismā'īl saying, "Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal, Ishāq bin Ibrāhīm, and Al-Ḥumaidī cite the narrations of 'Abdullāh bin Muḥammad bin 'Aqīl as proof." Muḥammad said, "He is Muqārīb (average) in Hadīth." [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Jābir and from Abū Sa'eed.

Arabic text

٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، ‌وَهَنَّادٌ، ‌وَمَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ . (ح) وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ ابْنِ الْحَنَفِيَّةِ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيٍّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مِفْتَاحُ الصَّلَاةِ الطُّهُورُ،» وَتَحْرِيمُهَا التَّكْبِيرُ، وَتَحْلِيلُهَا التَّسْلِيمُ. هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَحْسَنُ. وَعَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ هُوَ صَدُوقٌ، وَقَدْ تَكَلَّمَ فِيهِ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ قِبَلِ حِفْظِهِ، وَسَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ يَقُولُ: كَانَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَالْحُمَيْدِيُّ، يَحْتَجُّونَ بِحَدِيثِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، قَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: وَهُوَ مُقَارِبُ الْحَدِيثِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرٍ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning upon uttering "Allāhu Akbar" one enters into the sacred state of prayer, and upon saying "As-Salāmu 'Alaikum wa Rahmatullāh" and turning the face to the right, and saying the same while turning one's face to the left, the sacred state of prayer ends.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 3

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 3

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 4

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

4. Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh, may Allāh be pleased with them, narrated that Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said: “The key to Paradise is Ṣalāt, and the key to Ṣalāt is Wuḍū’.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو بَكْرٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ زَنْجُوَيْهِ الْبَغْدَادِيُّ ‌وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ قَرْمٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي يَحْيَى الْقَتَّاتِ ، عَنْ ‌مُجَاهِدٍ ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مِفْتَاحُ الْجَنَّةِ الصَّلَاةُ،» وَمِفْتَاحُ الصَّلَاةِ الْوُضُوءُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 4

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 4

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

What Is Said When Entering The Toilet

Hadith 5

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

5. Anas bin Mālik said: “When the Prophet ﷺ entered the toilet he would say: ‘O Allāh! Indeed I seek refuge in You.’” Shu’bah (one of the narrators) said: “Another time he said: ‘I seek refuge in You from Al-Khubthi and Al-Khabith.’ Or: ‘Al-Khubthi and Al-Khabā’ith.’”[1] (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Alī, Zaid bin Arqam, Jābir, and Ibn Mas'ūd. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Anas is the most correct thing narrated on this topic, and it is the best. The chain for the Hadīth of Zaid bin Arqam has some confusion (Idhtirāb) in it: It was reported by Hishām Ad-Dastawā'ī, and Sa'eed bin Abī 'Arubah, from Qatādah (So Sa'eed said): "From Al-Qāsim bin 'Awf Ash-Shaybānī, from Zaid bin Arqam." And Hishām [Ad-Dastawā'ī] said: "From Qatādah from Zaid bin Arqam." Shu'bah and Ma'mar reported it from Qatādah, from An-Nadr bin Anas. Shu'bah said: "From Zaid bin Arqam." Ma'mar said: "From An-Nadr bin Anas, from his father, [from the Prophet ﷺ]." ] Abū 'Eisā said: I asked Muḥammad about this. He said: "It implies that Qatādah narrated it from both of them."

Arabic text

٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَهَنَّادٌ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ صُهَيْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا دَخَلَ الْخَلَاءَ» قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ - قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: وَقَدْ قَالَ مَرَّةً أُخْرَى: أَعُوذُ بِاللهِ - مِنَ الْخُبُثِ وَالْخَبِيثِ، أَوِ: الْخُبُثِ وَالْخَبَائِثِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ. حَدِيثُ أَنَسٍ أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَحْسَنُ. وَحَدِيثُ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ فِي إِسْنَادِهِ اضْطِرَابٌ: رَوَى هِشَامٌ الدَّسْتُوَائِيُّ وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، فَقَالَ سَعِيدٌ: عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ، وَقَالَ هِشَامٌ: عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ، وَرَوَاهُ شُعْبَةُ، وَمَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ النَّضْرِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، فَقَالَ شُعْبَةُ: عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ، وَقَالَ مَعْمَرٌ: عَنِ النَّضْرِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ. سَأَلْتُ مُحَمَّدًا عَنْ هَذَا، فَقَالَ: يُحْتَمَلُ أَنْ يَكُونَ قَتَادَةُ رَوَى عَنْهُمَا جَمِيعًا.

Footnotes

1 [1] Some scholars interpreted Al-Khubthi Al-Khabā’ith as every despicable thing while others interpreted Al-Khubth as male devils and Al-Khabā’ith as female ones.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 5

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 5

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 6

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

6. Anas bin Mālik said: "When the Prophet ﷺ would enter the toilet he said: "O Allāh! Indeed I seek refuge in You from Al-Khubth and Al-Khaba'ith." (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ الضَّبِّيُّ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ صُهَيْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ الْخَلَاءَ قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الْخُبُثِ» وَالْخَبَائِثِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 6

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 6

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

What Is Said When Exiting The Toilet

Hadith 7

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

7. 'Aishah, [may Allāh be pleased with her] said: "When the Prophet ﷺ would exit the toilet he would say: 'Ghufrānak.'" [1 (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharīb Hasan. We do not know of it except from the narration of Isrā'īl, from Yūsuf bin Abū Burdah, and Abū Burdah bin Abū Mūsā's name is 'Āmir bin 'Abdullāh bin Qais Al-Ash'arī. And we do not know of any narrations on this topic except for the Hadīth of 'Aishah, [may Allāh be pleased with her, from the Prophet ﷺ]. [1] "I seek Your forgiveness."

Arabic text

٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ ، عَنْ ‌إِسْرَائِيلَ ، عَنْ ‌يُوسُفَ بْنِ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا خَرَجَ مِنَ الْخَلَاءِ، قَالَ: غُفْرَانَكَ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ، وَأَبُو بُرْدَةَ بْنُ أَبِي مُوسَى اسْمُهُ: عَامِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ الْأَشْعَرِيُّ، وَلَا يُعْرَفُ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ إِلَّا حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 7

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 7

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

Regarding The Prohibition Of Facing The Qiblah When Defecating And Urinating.

Hadith 8

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

8. Abū Ayyūb Al-Anṣārī narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "When one of you arrives to defecate, then let none of you face the Qiblah while defecating, nor while urinating. And do not have your back towards it, but have it east of you or west of you." (Sahih) Abū Ayyūb said: "We arrived in Ash-Shām to find lavatories which were built facing the Qiblah, so we would turn from it, seeking Allāh's forgiveness." [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin Al-Ḥārith [bin Jaz'i Az-Zubaidī], Ma'qil bin Abī Al-Haytham – and it is said he was Ma'qil bin Abī Ma'qil – and Abū Umāmah, Abū Hurairah, and Sahl bin Hunaif." [Abū 'Eisā said:] The Hadīth of Abū Ayyūb is the best thing on this topic and the most correct. Abū Ayyūb's name is Khālid bin Zaid, and Az-Zuhri's name is Muḥammad bin Muslim bin ‘Ubaidullāh bin Shihāb Az-Zuhri, and his Kunya is Abū Bakr. Abū Al-Walīd Al-Makkī said, “Abū ‘Abdullāh [Muḥammad bin Idrīs] Ash-Shāfi‘ī said, ‘The saying of the Prophet ﷺ: “Do not face the Qiblah for defecation, nor for urination, nor turn your backs to it” only means in the desert. As for a lavatory that is constructed, there is an allowance to face it in that.” Ishāq [bin Ibrāhīm] also said this. Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal [may Allāh have mercy upon him] said, “There is only an allowance from the Prophet ﷺ to have one’s back toward the Qiblah. As for facing the Qiblah, then it is not to be faced.” It is as if he did not hold the view that one could face the Qiblah in the desert nor in the lavatory.

Arabic text

٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ اللَّيْثِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أَيُّوبَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أَتَيْتُمُ الْغَائِطَ» فَلَا تَسْتَقْبِلُوا الْقِبْلَةَ بِغَائِطٍ وَلَا بَوْلٍ وَلَا تَسْتَدْبِرُوهَا، وَلَكِنْ شَرِّقُوا أَوْ غَرِّبُوا قَالَ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ: فَقَدِمْنَا الشَّامَ فَوَجَدْنَا مَرَاحِيضَ قَدْ بُنِيَتْ مُسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةِ، فَنَنْحَرِفُ عَنْهَا، وَنَسْتَغْفِرُ اللهَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ جَزْءٍ الزُّبَيْدِيِّ، وَمَعْقِلِ بْنِ أَبِي الْهَيْثَمِ، وَيُقَالُ: مَعْقِلُ بْنُ أَبِي مَعْقِلٍ، وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَسَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ. حَدِيثُ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَصَحُّ. وَأَبُو أَيُّوبَ اسْمُهُ: خَالِدُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، وَالزُّهْرِيُّ اسْمُهُ: مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ، وَكُنْيَتُهُ: أَبُو بَكْرٍ. قَالَ أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الْمَكِّيُّ: قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللهِ الشَّافِعِيُّ: إِنَّمَا مَعْنَى قَوْلِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَا تَسْتَقْبِلُوا الْقِبْلَةَ بِغَائِطٍ وَلَا بَوْلٍ وَلَا تَسْتَدْبِرُوهَا، إِنَّمَا هَذَا فِي الْفَيَافِي، فَأَمَّا فِي الْكُنُفِ الْمَبْنِيَّةِ لَهُ رُخْصَةٌ فِي أَنْ يَسْتَقْبِلَهَا، وَهَكَذَا قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: إِنَّمَا الرُّخْصَةُ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي اسْتِدْبَارِ الْقِبْلَةِ بِغَائِطٍ أَوْ بَوْلٍ، فَأَمَّا اسْتِقْبَالُ الْقِبْلَةِ فَلَا يَسْتَقْبِلُهَا. كَأَنَّهُ لَمْ يَرَ فِي الصَّحْرَاءِ، وَلَا فِي الْكُنُفِ، أَنْ يَسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 8

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 8

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

What Has Been Related About The Permission For That

Hadith 9

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

9. Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh said: “The Prophet ﷺ prohibited us from facing the Qiblah while urinating. Then I saw him facing it a year before he died.” (Hasan) There are narrations on this topic from Abū Qatādah, ‘Aishah, and ‘Ammār [bin Yāsir]. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] The Hadīth of Jābir on this topic is a Hasan Gharīb Hadīth.

Arabic text

٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ‌وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبِي ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبَانَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ قَالَ: «نَهَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نَسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةَ بِبَوْلٍ،» فَرَأَيْتُهُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُقْبَضَ بِعَامٍ يَسْتَقْبِلُهَا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَعَمَّارٍ. حَدِيثُ جَابِرٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 9

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 9

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 10

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

10. Abū Qatādah narrated that he saw the Prophet ﷺ urinating while facing the Qiblah. Qutaibah narrated that to us, he said: “Ibn Lahī‘ah informed us.” Jābir’s Hadīth about the Prophet ﷺ is more correct than the Hadīth of Ibn Lahī‘ah. Ibn Lahī‘ah is weak according to the scholars of Hadīth. He was graded weak by Yahya bin Sa‘eed Al-Qaṭṭān, and others, [due to his memorization]. (Hasan)

Arabic text

١٠ - وَقَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قَتَادَةَ أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَبُولُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةِ» أَخْبَرَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ . وَحَدِيثُ جَابِرٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَصَحُّ مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ لَهِيعَةَ، وَابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ ضَعِيفٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ، ضَعَّفَهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، وَغَيْرُهُ. ١٠ - وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ ضَعِيفٌ فِي الْحَدِيثِ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ الْكُوفِيُّ أَثْبَتُ مِنْ هَذَا وَأَقْدَمُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 10

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 10

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 11

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

11. Ibn ‘Umar said: “One day I climbed on Hafsah’s house, and I saw the Prophet ﷺ relieving himself while facing Ash-Shām, with his back toward the Ka'bah." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

١١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ ‌وَاسِعِ بْنِ حَبَّانَ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «رَقِيتُ يَوْمًا عَلَى بَيْتِ حَفْصَةَ،» فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى حَاجَتِهِ مُسْتَقْبِلَ الشَّامِ مُسْتَدْبِرَ الْكَعْبَةِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 11

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 11

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

[What Has Been Related About] The Prohibition Of Urinating While Standing

Hadith 12

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(حديث عائشة) صحيح، (حديث عمر) ضعيف (حديث عائشة) ، ابن ماجة (٣٠٧) . (حديث عمر) ، ابن ماجة (٣٠٨) // ضعيف سنن ابن ماجة (٦٣) ، المشكاة (٣٦٣) ، الضعيفة (٩٣٤) ، ضعيف الجامع (٦٤٠٣) //
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

12. 'Āishah said: "Whoever narrated to you that the Prophet ﷺ would urinate while standing; then don't believe him. He would not urinate except while squatting." [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Umar, Buraidah, [and 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ḥasanah]. (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Āishah is the best thing narrated on this topic and the most correct. The Hadīth of 'Umar is only reported from the narration of 'Abdul-Karīm bin Abī Al-Mukhārīq, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, from 'Umar who said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ [while I was] urinating standing. So he said: 'O 'Umar! Do not urinate while standing.' So I did not urinate while standing afterwards." [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth was only attributed to the Prophet ﷺ in the narration of 'Abdul-Karīm bin Abī Al-Mukhārīq. He is weak according to the scholars of Hadīth. Ayyūb As-Sakhtiyānī graded him weak and criticized him. 'Ubaidullāh reported from Nāfī' from Ibn 'Umar who said, "Umar [may Allāh be pleased with him] said: 'I have not urinated while standing since I accepted Islam.'" This is more correct than the Hadīth of 'Abdul-Karīm. And the Hadīth of Buraidah about this is not safe. And the meaning of the prohibition of urinating while standing is for discipline, not to make it unlawful. Indeed it has been reported from 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd that he said, "Among the loathsome things is urinating while you are standing."

Arabic text

١٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، عَنِ ‌الْمِقْدَامِ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «مَنْ حَدَّثَكُمْ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَبُولُ قَائِمًا فَلَا تُصَدِّقُوهُ»، مَا كَانَ يَبُولُ إِلَّا قَاعِدًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُمَرَ، وَبُرَيْدَةَ. حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي الْبَابِ وَأَصَحُّ. وَحَدِيثُ عُمَرَ إِنَّمَا رُوِيَ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ بْنِ أَبِي الْمُخَارِقِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ قَالَ: رَآنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبُولُ قَائِمًا، فَقَالَ: يَا عُمَرُ، لَا تَبُلْ قَائِمًا، فَمَا بُلْتُ قَائِمًا بَعْدُ. وَإِنَّمَا رَفَعَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَبْدُ الْكَرِيمِ بْنُ أَبِي الْمُخَارِقِ، وَهُوَ ضَعِيفٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ، ضَعَّفَهُ أَيُّوبُ السَّخْتِيَانِيُّ، وَتَكَلَّمَ فِيهِ. وَرَوَى عُبَيْدُ اللهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ: مَا بُلْتُ قَائِمًا مُنْذُ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ، وَحَدِيثُ بُرَيْدَةَ فِي هَذَا غَيْرُ مَحْفُوظٍ. وَمَعْنَى النَّهْيِ عَنِ الْبَوْلِ قَائِمًا عَلَى التَّأْدِيبِ لَا عَلَى التَّحْرِيمِ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: إِنَّ مِنَ الْجَفَاءِ أَنْ تَبُولَ وَأَنْتَ قَائِمٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 12

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 12

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

What Has Been Related About The Permission For That

Hadith 13

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

13. Hudhaifah narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ came to a waste area used by people, so he urinated on it while standing. I brought him the (water for) Wudū. Then I left to be away from him, but he called me until I was behind him. So he performed Wudū and wiped (Masaha) over his Khuff." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said: I heard Al-Jārūd saying: "I heard Waki' narrating this Hadīth from Al-A'mash, then Waki' said, 'This is the most correct Hadīth reported from the Prophet ﷺ about wiping (over Khuff).'" And I heard Abū 'Ammār Al-Husain bin Huraith saying: "I heard Waki', then he mentioned a similar narration.] Abū 'Eisā said: Like this was reported by Maṣṣūr, and 'Ubaidah Aḍ-Dabbī, from Abū Wā'il from Hudhaifah, (all) similar to the narration of Al-A'mash. Hammād bin Abū Sulaimān and 'Āsim bin Bahdalah reported it from Abū Wā'il from Al-Mughirah bin Shu'bah, from the Prophet ﷺ. But the Hadīth of Abū Wā'il from Hudhaifah is more correct. There are those among the people of knowledge who have permitted urinating while standing. [Abū 'Eisā said: It was reported from ‘Abīdah bin ‘Amr As-Salmānī by Ibrāhīm An-Nakha‘ī, and ‘Abīdah is one of the major Tābi‘īn, it is reported that ‘Abīdah said, “I accepted Islam before the Prophet ﷺ died by two years.” ‘Ubaidah Ad-Dabbī, the companion of Ibrāhīm, is ‘Ubaidah bin Mu‘attib Ad-Dabbī, and his Kunya is Abū ‘Abdul-Karīm].

Arabic text

١٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي وَائِلٍ ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَتَى سُبَاطَةَ» قَوْمٍ، فَبَالَ عَلَيْهَا قَائِمًا، فَأَتَيْتُهُ بِوَضُوءٍ، فَذَهَبْتُ لِأَتَأَخَّرَ عَنْهُ، فَدَعَانِي حَتَّى كُنْتُ عِنْدَ عَقِبَيْهِ، فَتَوَضَّأَ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى خُفَّيْهِ. ١٣ (م ١) - وَسَمِعْتُ ‌الْجَارُودَ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ ‌وَكِيعًا يُحَدِّثُ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ثُمَّ قَالَ وَكِيعٌ: هَذَا أَصَحُّ حَدِيثٍ رُوِيَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْمَسْحِ. ١٣ (م ٢) - وَسَمِعْتُ ‌أَبَا عَمَّارٍ الْحُسَيْنَ بْنَ حُرَيْثٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ ‌وَكِيعًا، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ. وَهَكَذَا رَوَى مَنْصُورٌ، وَعُبَيْدَةُ الضَّبِّيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ مِثْلَ رِوَايَةِ الْأَعْمَشِ. وَرَوَى حَمَّادُ بْنُ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ، وَعَاصِمُ بْنُ بَهْدَلَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَحَدِيثُ أَبِي وَائِلٍ عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ أَصَحُّ. وَقَدْ رَخَّصَ قَوْمٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ فِي الْبَوْلِ قَائِمًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 13

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 13

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

[What Has Been Related] About Being Screened While Relieving Oneself

Hadith 14

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

14. Anas, may Allāh Most High be pleased with him, said: “When the Prophet ﷺ wanted to relieve himself, he would not raise his garment until he was close to the ground.” (Da‘if) Abū ‘Eisā said: This is how Muhammad bin Rabī‘ah reported this Hadīth: “from Al-A‘mash, from Anas.” Wakī‘, and [Abū Yaḥya] Al-Ḥimṣānī reported that Al-A‘mash said: “Ibn ‘Umar, may Allāh Most High be pleased with him, said, ‘When the Prophet ﷺ wanted to relieve himself, he would not raise his garment until he was close to the ground.” Both of the Aḥādīth are Mursal. They say that Al-A'mash did not hear from Anas, nor any of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ. But he saw Anas bin Mālik. He said, “I saw him praying.” And he mentioned something about him regarding the prayer. And Al-A'mash's name is Sulaimān bin Mihrān, Abū Muḥammad Al-Kāhilī, being their freed slave. Al-A'mash said, “My father was a Ḥamil,[1] so he made Masrūq an heir.”

Arabic text

١٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ حَرْبٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا أَرَادَ الْحَاجَةَ لَمْ يَرْفَعْ ثَوْبَهُ حَتَّى يَدْنُوَ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ». هَكَذَا رَوَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ. وَرَوَى وَكِيعٌ وَالْحِمَّانِيُّ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ قَالَ: قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا أَرَادَ الْحَاجَةَ لَمْ يَرْفَعْ ثَوْبَهُ حَتَّى يَدْنُوَ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ. وَكِلَا الْحَدِيثَيْنِ مُرْسَلٌ، وَيُقَالُ: لَمْ يَسْمَعِ الْأَعْمَشُ مِنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، وَلَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَدْ نَظَرَ إِلَى أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُهُ يُصَلِّي، فَذَكَرَ عَنْهُ حِكَايَةً فِي الصَّلَاةِ. وَالْأَعْمَشُ اسْمُهُ: سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ مِهْرَانَ أَبُو مُحَمَّدٍ الْكَاهِلِيُّ، وَهُوَ مَوْلًى لَهُمْ. قَالَ الْأَعْمَشُ: كَانَ أَبِي حَمِيلًا فَوَرَّثَهُ مَسْرُوقٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 14

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 14

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

What Has Been Related About It Being Disliked To Use The Right Hand For Istinjā'

Hadith 15

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

15. 'Abdullāh bin Abū Qatādah narrated from his father: “The Prophet ﷺ prohibited that a man should touch his penis with his right hand.” (Ṣaḥīh) There are narrations on this topic from 'Āishah, Salmān, Abū Hurairah, and Sahl bin Ḥunaif. Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥādīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīh. The name of Abū Qatādah [Al-Anṣārī] is: Al-Ḥārīth bin Rib'i. This is acted upon according to the people of knowledge [in general], they dislike Istinjā' with the right hand.

Arabic text

١٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ الْمَكِّيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْمَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى أَنْ يَمَسَّ الرَّجُلُ ذَكَرَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَسَلْمَانَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَسَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَأَبُو قَتَادَةَ اسْمُهُ: الْحَارِثُ بْنُ رِبْعِيٍّ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: كَرِهُوا الِاسْتِنْجَاءَ بِالْيَمِينِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] One who was brought to the land of Islām while a child.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 15

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 15

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

Using Stones For Al-Istinjā'[1]

Hadith 16

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

16. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd said, "They said to Salmān, 'Your Prophet [ﷺ] taught you about everything, even defecating?' So Salmān said, 'Yes. He prohibited us from facing the Qiblah when defecating and urinating, performing Istinjā' with the right hand, using less than three stones for Istinjā', and using dung or bones for Istinjā'.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Āishah, Khuzaimah bin Thābit, Jābir, and Khallād bin As-Sā'ib from his father. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Salmān [on this topic] is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. It is the saying of most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and those after them: They see that Istinjā' with stones is enough, even if one does not use water for Istinjā', when it removes the traces of defecation and urine. This is the saying of Ath-Thawri, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'i, Ahmad, and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ قَالَ: «قِيلَ ‌لِسَلْمَانَ : قَدْ عَلَّمَكُمْ نَبِيُّكُمْ كُلَّ شَيْءٍ حَتَّى الْخِرَاءَةَ»، فَقَالَ سَلْمَانُ: أَجَلْ، نَهَانَا أَنْ نَسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةَ بِغَائِطٍ أَوْ بِبَوْلٍ، أَوْ أَنْ نَسْتَنْجِيَ بِالْيَمِينِ، أَوْ أَنْ يَسْتَنْجِيَ أَحَدُنَا بِأَقَلَّ مِنْ ثَلَاثَةِ أَحْجَارٍ، أَوْ أَنْ نَسْتَنْجِيَ بِرَجِيعٍ أَوْ بِعَظْمٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَخُزَيْمَةَ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَخَلَّادِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ. حَدِيثُ سَلْمَانَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ، رَأَوْا أَنَّ الِاسْتِنْجَاءَ بِالْحِجَارَةِ يُجْزِئُ وَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَنْجِ بِالْمَاءِ، إِذَا أَنْقَى أَثَرَ الْغَائِطِ وَالْبَوْلِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Removing filth after urinating or defecating.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 16

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 16

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

What Has Been Related About Istinjā' With Two Stones

Hadith 17

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

17. 'Abdullāh said: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went out to relieve himself. So he said: 'Bring me three stones.'" He said, "So I came with two stones and a piece of dung. So he took the two stones, and left the dung. He said: 'It is Riks (a degenerative or filthy thing).'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] Similarly, Qais bin Ar-Rabī reported this Hadīth from Abū Ishāq, from Abū 'Ubaidah, from 'Abdullāh, and it is similar to the narration of Isrā'il. (no.17) Ma'mar and 'Ammār bin Ruzaiq reported it from Abū Ishāq, from 'Alqamah, from 'Abdullāh. Zuhair reported it from Abū Ishāq, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aswad, from his father Al-Aswad bin Yazīd, from 'Abdullāh. Zakariyyā bin Abī Zā'idah reported it from Abū Ishāq, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd, from Al-Aswad bin Yazīd, from 'Abdullāh. So there is incoherence (Idtirāb) in this Hadīth. [Abū 'Eisā said:] I asked 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān which of the narrations of this [Hadīth] from Abū Ishāq is the most correct, but he could not say anything decisive. So I asked Muḥammad about it, and he could not say anything decisive. It is as if he thought that the [Hadīth] of Zuhair – from Abū Ishāq, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aswad, from his father, from 'Abdullāh – was the most likely since he put it in his book Al-Jāmi'. [Abū 'Eisā said:] To me, the most correct thing about this are the narrations of Isrā'il and Qais; from Abū 'Ubaidah, from 'Abdullāh. This is because Isrā'il is more dependable and better at preserving the narrations of Abū Ishāq than these people, and Qais's narration corroborated it. [Abū 'Eisā said:] I heard Abū Mūsā Muḥammad bin Al-Muthanna saying: "I heard 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Mahdī saying; 'I only left the narrations of Sufyān Ath- Thawrī from Abū Ishāq because I relied on Isrā'īl for it, since he narrated it in a more complete fashion." Abū 'Eisā said: In the case of Abū Ishāq, Zuhair is not like that, because he heard from him at the end of his life. [He said: And] I heard Aḥmad bin Al-Hasan [At-Tirmidhī] saying: "I heard Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal saying: 'When one hears a [Hadīth] from Zā'idah and Zuhair, then there is no harm if he does not hear it from others, except in the case of Abū Ishāq.'" Abū Ishāq's name is 'Amr bin 'Abdullāh As-Sabī'ī Al-Hamdānī. And Abū 'Ubaidah bin 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd did not hear from his father, and we do not know his name. Muḥammad bin Bash-shār [Al-'Abdī] narrated to us, Muḥammad bin Ja'far narrated to us, from Shu'bah, from 'Amr bin Murrah who said: "I asked Abū 'Ubaidah bin 'Abdullāh: 'Did you remember anything from 'Abdullāh?' He said, 'No.'"

Arabic text

١٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ ‌وَقُتَيْبَةُ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌إِسْرَائِيلَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ قَالَ: «خَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِحَاجَتِهِ، فَقَالَ: الْتَمِسْ لِي ثَلَاثَةَ أَحْجَارٍ»، قَالَ: فَأَتَيْتُهُ بِحَجَرَيْنِ وَرَوْثَةٍ، فَأَخَذَ الْحَجَرَيْنِ وَأَلْقَى الرَّوْثَةَ، وَقَالَ: إِنَّهَا رِكْسٌ. وَهَكَذَا رَوَى قَيْسُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ إِسْرَائِيلَ. وَرَوَى مَعْمَرٌ، وَعَمَّارُ بْنُ رُزَيْقٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ. وَرَوَى زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ. وَرَوَى زَكَرِيَّا بْنُ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ فِيهِ اضْطِرَابٌ. حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عُبَيْدَةَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللهِ: هَلْ تَذْكُرُ مِنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ شَيْئًا؟ قَالَ: لَا. سَأَلْتُ عَبْدَ اللهِ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: أَيُّ الرِّوَايَاتِ فِي هَذَا عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ أَصَحُّ؟ فَلَمْ يَقْضِ فِيهِ بِشَيْءٍ. وَسَأَلْتُ مُحَمَّدًا عَنْ هَذَا فَلَمْ يَقْضِ فِيهِ بِشَيْءٍ، وَكَأَنَّهُ رَأَى حَدِيثَ زُهَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ أَشْبَهَ، وَوَضَعَهُ فِي كِتَابِ الْجَامِعِ. وَأَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا عِنْدِي حَدِيثُ إِسْرَائِيلَ وَقَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ؛ لِأَنَّ إِسْرَائِيلَ أَثْبَتُ وَأَحْفَظُ لِحَدِيثِ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ مِنْ هَؤُلَاءِ، وَتَابَعَهُ عَلَى ذَلِكَ قَيْسُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ. وَسَمِعْتُ أَبَا مُوسَى مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ الْمُثَنَّى يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ مَهْدِيٍّ يَقُولُ: مَا فَاتَنِي الَّذِي فَاتَنِي مِنْ حَدِيثِ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ إِلَّا لِمَا اتَّكَلْتُ بِهِ عَلَى إِسْرَائِيلَ؛ لِأَنَّهُ كَانَ يَأْتِي بِهِ أَتَمَّ. وَزُهَيْرٌ فِي أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، لَيْسَ بِذَاكَ؛ لِأَنَّ سَمَاعَهُ مِنْهُ بِأَخَرَةٍ. وَسَمِعْتُ أَحْمَدَ بْنَ الْحَسَنِ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَلٍ يَقُولُ: إِذَا سَمِعْتَ الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، وَزُهَيْرٍ فَلَا تُبَالِي أَنْ لَا تَسْمَعَهُ مِنْ غَيْرِهِمَا، إِلَّا حَدِيثَ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ. وَأَبُو إِسْحَاقَ اسْمُهُ: عَمْرُو بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ السَّبِيعِيُّ الْهَمْدَانِيُّ. وَأَبُو عُبَيْدَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ لَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنْ أَبِيهِ وَلَا يُعْرَفُ اسْمُهُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 17

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 17

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

[What Has Been Related Regarding] What Is Disliked For One To Use For Istinjā'

Hadith 18

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

18. 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: “Do not perform Istinjā' with dung nor with bones. For indeed it is provisions for your brothers among the Jinn.” (Sahīh) There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, Salmān, Jābir, and Ibn 'Umar. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth has been reported by Ismā'il bin Ibrāhīm and others, from Dawūd bin Abī Hind, from Ash-Sha'bī, from Alqamah, from 'Abdullāh: “That he (i.e., 'Abdullāh) was with the Prophet ﷺ on the night of the Jinn” And the Hadīth is lengthy. Ash-Sha'bī said: “Indeed Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: 'Do not perform Istinjā' with dung, nor with bones. For it is provision for your brothers among the Jinn.'” It is as if the narration of Ismā'il is more correct than the narration of Ḥafṣ bin Ghiyāth. The people of knowledge act according to this Hadīth. And there are narrations on this topic from Jābir, and Ibn 'Umar, [may Allāh be pleased with them both.]

Arabic text

١٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ ، عَنْ ‌دَاوُدَ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنْ ‌عَلْقَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَسْتَنْجُوا بِالرَّوْثِ» وَلَا بِالْعِظَامِ فَإِنَّهُ زَادُ إِخْوَانِكُمْ مِنَ الْجِنِّ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَسَلْمَانَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ. وَقَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَغَيْرُهُ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةَ الْجِنِّ، الْحَدِيثَ بِطُولِهِ، فَقَالَ الشَّعْبِيُّ: إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: لَا تَسْتَنْجُوا بِالرَّوْثِ وَلَا بِالْعِظَامِ، فَإِنَّهُ زَادُ إِخْوَانِكُمْ مِنَ الْجِنِّ. وَكَأَنَّ رِوَايَةَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ أَصَحُّ مِنْ رِوَايَةِ حَفْصِ بْنِ غِيَاثٍ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 18

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 18

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

[What Has Been Reported About] Istinjā' With Water

Hadith 19

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

19. Āishah said: "Encourage your husbands to clean themselves with water, for I am too shy of them, and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would do that." (Sahīh) There are narrations on this topic from Jarīr bin 'Abdullāh Al-Bajalī, Anas, and Abū Hurairah. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Hasan Ṣahīh. The people of knowledge act according to it: They prefer using water for Istinjā'. Even though Istinjā' with stones is enough according to them, they consider it recommended to perform Istinjā' with water, and they think that it is more virtuous. This is the view of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad, and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو عَوَانَةَ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌مُعَاذَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «مُرْنَ أَزْوَاجَكُنَّ أَنْ يَسْتَطِيبُوا بِالْمَاءِ فَإِنِّي أَسْتَحْيِيهِمْ،» فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَرِيرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْبَجَلِيِّ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَعَلَيْهِ الْعَمَلُ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، يَخْتَارُونَ الِاسْتِنْجَاءَ بِالْمَاءِ، وَإِنْ كَانَ الِاسْتِنْجَاءُ بِالْحِجَارَةِ يُجْزِئُ عِنْدَهُمْ، فَإِنَّهُمُ اسْتَحَبُّوا الِاسْتِنْجَاءَ بِالْمَاءِ وَرَأَوْهُ أَفْضَلَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 19

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 19

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

What Has Been Related That When The Prophet ﷺ Wanted To Relieve Himself, He Would Go Far Away

Hadith 20

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

20. Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah said: "I was with the Prophet ﷺ on a journey. The Prophet ﷺ had to relieve himself, so he went far away.” (Hasan) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Qurād, Abū Qatādah, Jābir, and Yahya bin ‘Ubaid from his father, and Abū Mūsā, Ibn ‘Abbās, and Bilāl bin Al-Ḥārith. Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Sahīh. And it has been reported from the Prophet ﷺ “That he would seek a location to urinate just as he would for a place to camp.” Abū Salamah’s (one of the narrators) name is ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin ‘Awf Az-Zuhri.

Arabic text

٢٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ الثَّقَفِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَلَمَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ قَالَ: «كُنْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي سَفَرٍ، فَأَتَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَاجَتَهُ فَأَبْعَدَ فِي الْمَذْهَبِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي قُرَادٍ، وَأَبِي قَتَادَةَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَبِلَالِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَرُوِيَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَرْتَادُ لِبَوْلِهِ مَكَانًا، كَمَا يَرْتَادُ مَنْزِلًا. وَأَبُو سَلَمَةَ اسْمُهُ: عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 20

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 20

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

What Has Been Related That It Is Disliked To Urinate In The Washing Area

Hadith 21

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

21. 'Abdullāh bin Mughaffal narrated that the Prophet ﷺ prohibited that a man should urinate in his bathing area. And he said: "It will only cause misgivings." [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from "a man from among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharīb. We do not know of it being reported from the Prophet ﷺ except from the narration of Ash'ath bin 'Abdullāh. And they call him Ash'ath Al-A'mā. Some people among the people of knowledge disliked urinating in the washing area. They said that it brews misgivings. Some of the people of knowledge permitted it. Among them were Ibn Sirin. They said to him, "It is said that it brews misgivings?" He said, "Our Lord is Allāh, there is no partner for Him." Ibn Al-Mubārak said, "Indeed urinating in the wash area is permissible when the water in it is flowing." [Abū 'Eisā said:] That was narrated to us by Aḥmad bin 'Abdah Al-Āmulī, from Ḥibbān, from 'Abdullāh bin Al-Mubārak.

Arabic text

٢١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، ‌وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُوسَى مَرْدُوَيْهِ قَالَا: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْمَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَشْعَثَ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى أَنْ يَبُولَ الرَّجُلُ فِي مُسْتَحَمِّهِ»، وَقَالَ: إِنَّ عَامَّةَ الْوَسْوَاسِ مِنْهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ مَرْفُوعًا إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَشْعَثَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، وَيُقَالُ لَهُ: الْأَشْعَثُ الْأَعْمَى. وَقَدْ كَرِهَ قَوْمٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ الْبَوْلَ فِي الْمُغْتَسَلِ، وَقَالُوا: عَامَّةُ الْوَسْوَاسِ مِنْهُ، وَرَخَّصَ فِيهِ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، مِنْهُمُ ابْنُ سِيرِينَ، وَقِيلَ لَهُ: إِنَّهُ يُقَالُ إِنَّ عَامَّةَ الْوَسْوَاسِ مِنْهُ، فَقَالَ: رَبُّنَا اللهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ. وَقَالَ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ: قَدْ وُسِّعَ فِي الْبَوْلِ فِي الْمُغْتَسَلِ إِذَا جَرَى فِيهِ الْمَاءُ. حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ الْآمُلِيُّ، عَنْ حِبَّانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 21

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 21

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

What Has Been Related About Siwāk

Hadith 22

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

22. Abū Hurairah narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "If it were not that it would be difficult on my nation, then I would have ordered them to use the Siwāk for each prayer." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth has been reported by Muḥammad bin Ishāq, from Muḥammad bin Ibrāhīm, from Abū Salamah, from Zaid bin Khālid, from the Prophet ﷺ. The Hadīth of Abū Salamah from Abū Hurairah, that of Zaid bin Khālid from the Prophet ﷺ – both of them are Ṣaḥīḥ in my view. Because this Hadīth has been reported from more than one route, from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ. And the Hadīth of Abū Hurairah is only correct because it has been reported through more than one route. As for Muḥammad bin Ismā'īl, he claimed that the Hadīth of Abū Salamah from Zaid bin Khālid is more correct. [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq, ‘Alī, ‘Āishah, Ibn ‘Abbās, Ḥudhaifah, Zaid bin Khālid, Anas, ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar, Umm Ḥabībah, Ibn ‘Umar, Abū Umāmah, [Abū] Ayyūb, Tammām bin ‘Abbās, ‘Abdullāh bin Hanẓalah, Umm Salamah, Wāthilah [bin Al-Asqa], and Abū Mūsā.

Arabic text

٢٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْلَا أَنْ أَشُقَّ» عَلَى أُمَّتِي لَأَمَرْتُهُمْ بِالسِّوَاكِ عِنْدَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ. وَقَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. وَحَدِيثُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كِلَاهُمَا عِنْدِي صَحِيحٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ قَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ. وَحَدِيثُ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ إِنَّمَا صُحِّحَ؛ لِأَنَّهُ قَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ. وَأَمَّا مُحَمَّدٌ فَزَعَمَ أَنَّ حَدِيثَ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ أَصَحُّ. وَفِي الْبَابِ: عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ، وَعَلِيٍّ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَأُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ، وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ، وَتَمَّامِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ حَنْظَلَةَ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَوَاثِلَةَ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 22

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 22

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 23

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

23. Zaid bin Khālid Al-Juhānī said, "I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ saying: 'If it were not that it would be difficult on my nation, then I would have ordered them to use the Siwāk for each prayer, and to delay the 'Ishā' prayer until the third of the night.'" He [Abū Salamah, one of the narrators] said: Zaid bin Khālid would attend the prayer in the Masjid and his Siwāk would be on his ear in the location of the pen on the ear of a writer. He would not get up to pray without cleaning his teeth, then returning it to its location.” (Hasan) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadith is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ الْجُهَنِيِّ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «لَوْلَا أَنْ أَشُقَّ» عَلَى أُمَّتِي لَأَمَرْتُهُمْ بِالسِّوَاكِ عِنْدَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ، وَلَأَخَّرْتُ صَلَاةَ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ قَالَ: فَكَانَ زَيْدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ يَشْهَدُ الصَّلَوَاتِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ وَسِوَاكُهُ عَلَى أُذُنِهِ، مَوْضِعَ الْقَلَمِ مِنْ أُذُنِ الْكَاتِبِ، لَا يَقُومُ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ إِلَّا اسْتَنَّ، ثُمَّ رَدَّهُ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 23

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 23

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

What Has Been Related That When One Of You Awakens From His Sleep, Then Let Him Not Put His Hand Into The Vessel Until He Washes It.

Hadith 24

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

24. Abū Hurairah reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: “When one of you awakens in the night, then let him not put his hand into the vessel until he has poured water on it two times, or three times, for indeed he does not know where his hand has spent the night.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) There are narrations on this topic from Ibn ‘Umar, Jābir, and ‘Aishah. Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadith is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Ash-Shāfi‘ī said: “It is recommended for everyone who awakens from sleep, be it brief or otherwise, that he not put his hands into the water for Wudū’ until he washes them. If he were to enter his hands (in the vessel) before washing them then that would be disliked for him, and it would not spoil the water when there is no impurities on his hands." Ahmad bin Hanbal said, "When one awakens (from sleep) at night and enters his hands into the water for Wudū' before washing them, then it is preferred to me that he dump out the water." Ishaq said, "When he awakens from sleep in the night or the day, then he is not to put his hands into the water for Wudū' until he washes them."

Arabic text

٢٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ بَكَّارٍ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، مِنْ وَلَدِ بُسْرِ بْنِ أَرْطَاةَ، صَاحِبِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ ‌وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا اسْتَيْقَظَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَلَا يُدْخِلْ يَدَهُ فِي الْإِنَاءِ حَتَّى يُفْرِغَ» عَلَيْهَا مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثًا، فَإِنَّهُ لَا يَدْرِي أَيْنَ بَاتَتْ يَدُهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَعَائِشَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. قَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ: أُحِبُّ لِكُلِّ مَنِ اسْتَيْقَظَ مِنَ النَّوْمِ قَائِلَةً كَانَتْ أَوْ غَيْرَهَا أَنْ لَا يُدْخِلَ يَدَهُ فِي وَضُوئِهِ حَتَّى يَغْسِلَهَا، فَإِنْ أَدْخَلَ يَدَهُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَغْسِلَهَا كَرِهْتُ ذَلِكَ لَهُ، وَلَمْ يُفْسِدْ ذَلِكَ الْمَاءَ، إِذَا لَمْ يَكُنْ عَلَى يَدِهِ نَجَاسَةٌ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: إِذَا اسْتَيْقَظَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَأَدْخَلَ يَدَهُ فِي وَضُوئِهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَغْسِلَهَا، فَأَعْجَبُ إِلَيَّ أَنْ يُهَرِيقَ الْمَاءَ. وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: إِذَا اسْتَيْقَظَ مِنَ النَّوْمِ بِاللَّيْلِ أَوْ بِالنَّهَارِ فَلَا يُدْخِلْ يَدَهُ فِي وَضُوئِهِ حَتَّى يَغْسِلَهَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 24

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 24

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

[What Has Been Related] About The Tasmiyah When Performing Wudū'

Hadith 25

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

25. Rabāh bin 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Abī Sufyān bin Huwaītīb narrated from his grandmother, from her father; she said (that he said): "I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ saying: "There is no Wudū' for one who does not mention Allāh's Name over it.” (Hasan) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from ‘Āishah, Abū Sa‘eed Al-Khudrī, Abū Hurairah, Sahl bin Sa’d, and Anas. Abū ‘Eisā said: Aḥmad [bin Ḥanbal] said, “I do not know of a Hadīth on this topic that has a good (Jayyid) chain.” Ishāq said, “If one purposely avoids the Tasmīyah he repeats the Wudū. If he forgets or did not do so because of some interpretation, then it is acceptable.” Muḥammad bin Ismā‘īl said: “The best thing on this topic is the Hadīth of Rabāḥ bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān.” Abū ‘Eisā said: As for “Rabāḥ bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān from his grandmother from her father,” her father is Sa‘eed [bin] Zaid bin ‘Amr bin Nufayl. Abū Thifāl Al-Murri’s name is Thumāmah bin Ḥuṣain. And Rabāḥ bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān is Abū Bakr bin Ḥuwaṭīb, some who report this Hadīth say, “From Abū Bakr bin Ḥuwaṭīb” attributing him to his grandfather.[1]

Arabic text

٢٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ ‌وَبِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الْعَقَدِيُّ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حَرْمَلَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي ثِفَالٍ الْمُرِّيِّ ، عَنْ ‌رَبَاحِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ بْنِ حُوَيْطِبٍ ، عَنْ ‌جَدَّتِهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهَا قَالَ (١): سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «لَا وُضُوءَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَذْكُرِ اسْمَ اللهِ عَلَيْهِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَسَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَأَنَسٍ. قَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: لَا أَعْلَمُ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثًا لَهُ إِسْنَادٌ جَيِّدٌ. وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: إِنْ تَرَكَ التَّسْمِيَةَ عَامِدًا أَعَادَ الْوُضُوءَ، وَإِنْ كَانَ نَاسِيًا أَوْ مُتَأَوِّلًا أَجْزَأَهُ. قَالَ ‌مُحَمَّدٌ : أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثُ رَبَاحِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ. وَرَبَاحُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ جَدَّتِهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهَا، وَأَبُوهَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ زَيْدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ نُفَيْلٍ. وَأَبُو ثِفَالٍ الْمُرِّيُّ اسْمُهُ: ثُمَامَةُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ، وَرَبَاحُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ هُوَ: أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ حُوَيْطِبٍ، مِنْهُمْ مَنْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، فَقَالَ: عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ حُوَيْطِبٍ، فَنَسَبَهُ إِلَى جَدِّهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 25

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 25

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 26

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

26. Rabāḥ bin 'Abdūr-Raḥmān bin Abū Sufyān bin Ḥuwaṭīb narrated the same from his grandmother the daughter of Sa'eed bin Zaid, from her father, from the Prophet ﷺ. (Hasan)

Arabic text

٢٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْحُلْوَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ ‌يَزِيدَ بْنِ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي ثِفَالٍ الْمُرِّيِّ، عَنْ ‌رَبَاحِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ بْنِ حُوَيْطِبٍ، عَنْ جَدَّتِهِ ‌بِنْتِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِثْلَهُ (١).

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 26

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 26

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

What Has Been Related About Al-Maḍmaḍah[1] And Al-Istinshāq[2]

Hadith 27

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

27. Salamah bin Qais narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "When you perform Wudu' then sniff water in the nose and blow it out, and when you use small stones (to remove filth) then make it odd (numbered)." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Uthmān, Laqīṭ bin Ṣabirah, Ibn 'Abbās, Al-Miqdām bin Ma'dikarib, Wa'il bin Ḥujr, and Abū Hurairah. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Salamah bin Qais is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. The people of knowledge differ about the one who does not perform Al-Maḍmaḍah and Al-Istinshāq. A group of them says if one avoids them in Wudu' until he prays, then he is to repeat [the Salāt]. They consider that the same for Wudū' and Janābah. This is the view of Ibn Abī Lailā, 'Abdullāh bin Al-Mubārak, Aḥmad and Ishāq. Aḥmad said, "Al-Istinshāq is more emphasized than Al-Madmadah." [Abū 'Eisā said:] A group of the people of knowledge say it is repeated in the case of Janābah, but not repeated in the case of Wudū'. This is the saying of Ath-Thawrī and some of the people of Al-Kūfah. A group of them say it is not repeated in the case of Wudū' nor in the case of Janābah. Because these are a Sunnah of the Prophet ﷺ, so it is not necessary for one to repeat for leaving them out of Wudū' nor for Janābah. This is the saying of Mālik, and Ash-Shāfi'ī [in his later view].

Arabic text

٢٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ‌وَجَرِيرٌ ، عَنْ ‌مَنْصُورٍ ، عَنْ ‌هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ ، عَنْ ‌سَلَمَةَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا تَوَضَّأْتَ فَانْتَثِرْ،» وَإِذَا اسْتَجْمَرْتَ فَأَوْتِرْ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ، وَلَقِيطِ بْنِ صَبِرَةَ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَالْمِقْدَامِ بْنِ مَعْدِي كَرِبَ، وَوَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. حَدِيثُ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَاخْتَلَفَ أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ فِيمَنْ تَرَكَ الْمَضْمَضَةَ وَالِاسْتِنْشَاقَ، فَقَالَتْ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْهُمْ: إِذَا تَرَكَهُمَا فِي الْوُضُوءِ حَتَّى صَلَّى أَعَادَ الصَّلَاةَ، وَرَأَوْا ذَلِكَ فِي الْوُضُوءِ وَالْجَنَابَةِ سَوَاءً، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ ابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى، وَعَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ، وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ: الِاسْتِنْشَاقُ أَوْكَدُ مِنَ الْمَضْمَضَةِ. وَقَالَتْ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: يُعِيدُ فِي الْجَنَابَةِ وَلَا يُعِيدُ فِي الْوُضُوءِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، وَبَعْضِ أَهْلِ الْكُوفَةِ. وَقَالَتْ طَائِفَةٌ: لَا يُعِيدُ فِي الْوُضُوءِ وَلَا فِي الْجَنَابَةِ؛ لِأَنَّهُمَا سُنَّةٌ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَا تَجِبُ الْإِعَادَةُ عَلَى مَنْ تَرَكَهُمَا فِي الْوُضُوءِ وَلَا فِي الْجَنَابَةِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ مَالِكٍ، وَالشَّافِعِيِّ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Rinsing the mouth with water.

2 [2] Sniffing water into the nose and blowing it out.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 27

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 27

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

Al-Madmaḍah And Al-Istinshāq From One Handful

Hadith 28

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

28. 'Abdullāh bin Zaid said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ rinse his mouth and sniff water in his nose using one hand, he did that thrice." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Abdullāh bin Zaid is Ḥasan Gharīb. Mālik, Ibn 'Uyainah and others reported this Hadīth from 'Amr bin Yahya, and they did not mention the words: "The Prophet ﷺ rinsed his mouth and sniffed water in his nose using one hand." That was only mentioned by Khālid bin 'Abdullāh, and Khālid [bin 'Abdullāh] is trustworthy, with a good memory according to the people of Hadīth. Some of the people of knowledge say that Al-Madmaḍah and Al-Istinshāq using one hand is acceptable, and some say "separating them is more recommended to us." Ash-Shāfi'ī said, "If they are combined in one hand, then that is allowed, and if they are separated it is more recommended to us."

Arabic text

٢٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ يَحْيَى ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَضْمَضَ وَاسْتَنْشَقَ مِنْ كَفٍّ وَاحِدٍ»، فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ ثَلَاثًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ. وَحَدِيثُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ. وَقَدْ رَوَى مَالِكٌ، وَابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ يَحْيَى، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرُوا هَذَا الْحَرْفَ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَضْمَضَ وَاسْتَنْشَقَ مِنْ كَفٍّ وَاحِدٍ، وَإِنَّمَا ذَكَرَهُ خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ، وَخَالِدٌ ثِقَةٌ حَافِظٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: الْمَضْمَضَةُ وَالِاسْتِنْشَاقُ مِنْ كَفٍّ وَاحِدٍ يُجْزِئُ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: يُفَرِّقُهُمَا أَحَبُّ إِلَيْنَا، وَقَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ: إِنْ جَمَعَهُمَا فِي كَفٍّ وَاحِدٍ فَهُوَ جَائِزٌ، وَإِنْ فَرَّقَهُمَا فَهُوَ أَحَبُّ إِلَيْنَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 28

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 28

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

[What Has Been Narrated] About Going Through The Beard[1]

Hadith 29

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

29. Ḥassān bin Bilāl said: "I saw 'Ammār bin Yāsir performing Wudū', so he went through his beard (with his hand). It was said to him" – or he said – "I said: 'You go through your beard?'" He said: 'And what is there to prevent me?' Indeed I saw Allāh's Messenger going through his beard." (Da'if)

Arabic text

٢٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ بْنِ أَبِي الْمُخَارِقِ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ ، عَنْ ‌حَسَّانَ بْنِ بِلَالٍ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ» ‌عَمَّارَ بْنَ يَاسِرٍ تَوَضَّأَ فَخَلَّلَ لِحْيَتَهُ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ، أَوْ قَالَ: فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: أَتُخَلِّلُ لِحْيَتَكَ؟ قَالَ: وَمَا يَمْنَعُنِي؟ وَلَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُخَلِّلُ لِحْيَتَهُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 29

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 29

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 30

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

30. (In another narration) 'Ammār narrated the same from the Prophet ﷺ. (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā] said: There are narrations on this topic from ['Uthmān,] 'Aīshah, Umm Salamah, Anas, Ibn Abū Awfa, and Abū Ayyūb. Abū 'Eisā said: I heard Ishāq bin Manšūr saying, "Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal said, Ibn 'Uyainah said, "Abdul-Karīm (one of the narrators in Hadīth no. 29) did not hear the Hadīth about going through (the beard) from Ḥassān bin Bilāl."

Arabic text

٣٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌حَسَّانَ بْنِ بِلَالٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمَّارٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِثْلَهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَابْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ. وَسَمِعْتُ إِسْحَاقَ بْنَ مَنْصُورٍ يَقُولُ: قَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: قَالَ ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ: لَمْ يَسْمَعْ عَبْدُ الْكَرِيمِ مِنْ حَسَّانَ بْنِ بِلَالٍ حَدِيثَ التَّخْلِيلِ. وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ: أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثُ عَامِرِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ. وَقَالَ بِهَذَا أَكْثَرُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ، رَأَوْا تَخْلِيلَ اللِّحْيَةِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الشَّافِعِيُّ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ: إِنْ سَهَا عَنْ تَخْلِيلِ اللِّحْيَةِ فَهُوَ جَائِزٌ. وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: إِنْ تَرَكَهُ نَاسِيًا أَوْ مُتَأَوِّلًا أَجْزَأَهُ، وَإِنْ تَرَكَهُ عَامِدًا أَعَادَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Raking one's wet fingers through the beard.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 30

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 30

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 31

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

31. Uthmān bin 'Affān narrated that the Prophet ﷺ would go through his beard." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Muḥammad bin Ismā'īl said: "The most correct thing on this topic is the Hadīth of 'Amir bin Shafīq, from Abū Wā'il, from 'Uthmān. (no. 31)" [Abū 'Eisā said:] This was said by most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and those after them: They hold the view that one should go through the beard (with the hand). This is the view of Ash-Shafī'i. Aḥmad said: "If one forgets to go through the beard, then that is acceptable." Ishāq said: "If he forgets or does not do it based on some interpretation, then it is acceptable. But if he purposefully leaves it out, he should repeat it.”

Arabic text

٣١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ ، عَنْ ‌إِسْرَائِيلَ ، عَنْ ‌عَامِرِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي وَائِلٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُخَلِّلُ لِحْيَتَهُ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 31

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 31

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

What Has Been Related About Wiping The Head, That It Is To Begin With The Front Of The Head To Its Rear.

Hadith 32

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

32. 'Abdullāh bin Zaid narrated that: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ wiped over his head with his hands, going over the front with them and the rear. He began with the front of his head until they went to the nape of his neck. Then he brought them back again to the place where he began. Then he washed his feet." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Mu'āwiyah, Al-Miqdām bin Ma'dikarib, and 'Āishah. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Abdullāh bin Zaid is the most correct thing on this topic and the best. The views of Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad, and Ishāq were in accordance with it.

Arabic text

٣٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْأَنْصَارِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَعْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْقَزَّازُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ يَحْيَى ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ رَأْسَهُ بِيَدَيْهِ، فَأَقْبَلَ بِهِمَا وَأَدْبَرَ»، بَدَأَ بِمُقَدَّمِ رَأْسِهِ، ثُمَّ ذَهَبَ بِهِمَا إِلَى قَفَاهُ، ثُمَّ رَدَّهُمَا حَتَّى رَجَعَ إِلَى الْمَكَانِ الَّذِي بَدَأَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ غَسَلَ رِجْلَيْهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ، وَالْمِقْدَامِ بْنِ مَعْدِي كَرِبَ، وَعَائِشَةَ. حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَحْسَنُ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الشَّافِعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 32

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 32

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

What Has Been Related That It Is To Be Begun At The Rear Of The Head

Hadith 33

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

33. Ar-Rubay' bint Mu'awwidh bin 'Afrā' narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ wiped his head two times: He began with the rear of his head, then with the front of his head and with both of his ears, outside and inside of them." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: "This Hadīth is Hasan. The Hadīth of 'Abdullāh bin Zaid is more correct than this and the grade of its chain is better. Some of the people of Al-Kūfah hold a view in accordance with this Hadīth, among them Waki' bin Al-Jarrāh.

Arabic text

٣٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ ، عَنِ ‌الرُّبَيِّعِ بِنْتِ مُعَوِّذِ بْنِ عَفْرَاءَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ مَرَّتَيْنِ»، بَدَأَ بِمُؤَخَّرِ رَأْسِهِ ثُمَّ بِمُقَدَّمِهِ، وَبِأُذُنَيْهِ كِلْتَيْهِمَا، ظُهُورِهِمَا وَبُطُونِهِمَا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، وَحَدِيثُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ أَصَحُّ مِنْ هَذَا وَأَجْوَدُ إِسْنَادًا. وَقَدْ ذَهَبَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْكُوفَةِ إِلَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، مِنْهُمْ وَكِيعُ بْنُ الْجَرَّاحِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 33

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 33

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

What Has Been Related About Wiping The Head Once

Hadith 34

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

34. Ar-Rubayy' bint Mu'āwidh bin 'Afrā' narrated that she saw the Prophet ﷺ performing Wudū'. She said: "He wiped his head, and wiped what is in the front of it and what is in its rear, and his temples and his ears one time." (Hasan) He said: There are narrations on this topic from 'Ali, and Ṭalhah bin Muṣarrif bin 'Amr's grandfather. Abū 'Eisā said: [And] the Hadīth of Ar-Rubay' is a Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ Ḥadīth. It has been reported from more than one route that the Prophet ﷺ would wipe his head one time. Most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and those after them act according to this. It is the view of Ja'far bin Muḥammad, Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfī'i, Aḥmad, and Ishāq. They hold the view that the head is wiped once. Muḥammad bin Maṇṣūr Al-Makkī narrated to us, he said: "I heard Sufyān bin 'Uyainah saying; 'I asked Ja'far bin Muḥammad about wiping the head: "Is one time sufficient?" He said, "By Allāh! Of course."

Arabic text

٣٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌بَكْرُ بْنُ مُضَرَ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنِ ‌الرُّبَيِّعِ بِنْتِ مُعَوِّذِ بْنِ عَفْرَاءَ، «أَنَّهَا رَأَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَتَوَضَّأُ، قَالَتْ: مَسَحَ رَأْسَهُ وَمَسَحَ مَا أَقْبَلَ مِنْهُ وَمَا أَدْبَرَ» وَصُدْغَيْهِ وَأُذُنَيْهِ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَجَدِّ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ مُصَرِّفٍ. حَدِيثُ الرُّبَيِّعِ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ مَسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ مَرَّةً. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ جَعْفَرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَسُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ، رَأَوْا مَسْحَ الرَّأْسِ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً. حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌سُفْيَانَ بْنَ عُيَيْنَةَ يَقُولُ: سَأَلْتُ جَعْفَرَ بْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ مَسْحِ الرَّأْسِ أَيُجْزِئُ مَرَّةً؟ فَقَالَ: إِي وَاللهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 34

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 34

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

What Has Been Related About One Taking New Water For (Wiping) His Head

Hadith 35

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

35. 'Abdullāh bin Zaid narrated that he saw the Prophet ﷺ performing Wudū', and that he wiped his head with water that was not left over from his hands. (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Ibn Lahī'ah reported this Hadīth from Ḥabbān bin Wāsī', from his father, from 'Abdullāh bin Zaid: "That the Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū and that he wiped his head with water that was remaining in his hands." The narration of 'Amr bin Al-Ḥārīth from Ḥabbān (this narration, no. 35) is more correct. Because this Hadīth has been reported from more than one route, from 'Abdullāh bin Zaid and others, "That the Prophet ﷺ took new water for [wiping] his head." Most of the people of knowledge act according to this Hadīth. They hold the view that new water should be taken for (wiping) the head.

Arabic text

٣٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ خَشْرَمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ ‌حَبَّانَ بْنِ وَاسِعٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ، وَأَنَّهُ مَسَحَ رَأْسَهُ بِمَاءٍ غَيْرِ فَضْلِ يَدَيْهِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَرَوَى ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ حَبَّانَ بْنِ وَاسِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ، وَأَنَّهُ مَسَحَ رَأْسَهُ بِمَاءٍ غُبْرِ فَضْلِ يَدَيْهِ. وَرِوَايَةُ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ حَبَّانَ أَصَحُّ؛ لِأَنَّهُ قَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ وَغَيْرِهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَخَذَ لِرَأْسِهِ مَاءً جَدِيدًا. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، رَأَوْا أَنْ يَأْخُذَ لِرَأْسِهِ مَاءً جَدِيدًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 35

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 35

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

[What Has Been Related About] Wiping The Outside And The Inside Of The Ears

Hadith 36

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

36. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ wiped his head and his ears: the outside and the inside of them." (Sahīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ar-Rubayy'. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Ibn 'Abbās is a Ḥasan Sahīh Hadīth. Most of the people of knowledge act according to this. They hold the view that the ears should be wiped, their outsides and their insides.

Arabic text

٣٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ ، عَنْ ‌عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ وَأُذُنَيْهِ ظَاهِرِهِمَا وَبَاطِنِهِمَا». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ الرُّبَيِّعِ. حَدِيثُ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ يَرَوْنَ مَسْحَ الْأُذُنَيْنِ ظُهُورِهِمَا وَبُطُونِهِمَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 36

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 36

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

What Has Been Related That The Ears Are Part Of The Head

Hadith 37

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

37. Abū Umāmah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū; so he washed his face three times, and his hands three times, and wiped his head, and he said: "The ears are part of the head." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] Qutaibah (the one At-Tirmidhī is narrating from) said: "Ḥammād (one of the narrators) said: 'I do not know if this was a saying of the Prophet ﷺ or from the saying of Abū Umāmah.'" He said: There are narrations on this topic from Anas. Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth [is Hasan] its chain is not that strong. Most of the people of knowledge, among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, and those after them act according to this: That the two ears are part of the head. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad, and Iṣhāq. Some of the people of knowledge say that what is the front of two ears is part of the face, and what is behind them is part of the head. Ishāq said: "It is preferred that one wipe the front of them along with his face, and the rear of them along with his head." [Ash-Shāfi'i said: "They are Sunnah either way: they are to be wiped with new water."]

Arabic text

٣٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌سِنَانِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ ‌شَهْرِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أُمَامَةَ قَالَ: «تَوَضَّأَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَغَسَلَ وَجْهَهُ ثَلَاثًا وَيَدَيْهِ ثَلَاثًا،» وَمَسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ، وَقَالَ: الْأُذُنَانِ مِنَ الرَّأْسِ. قَالَ قُتَيْبَةُ: قَالَ حَمَّادٌ: لَا أَدْرِي هَذَا مِنْ قَوْلِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَوْ مِنْ قَوْلِ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَنَسٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ لَيْسَ إِسْنَادُهُ بِذَاكَ الْقَائِمِ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ، أَنَّ الْأُذُنَيْنِ مِنَ الرَّأْسِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: مَا أَقْبَلَ مِنَ الْأُذُنَيْنِ فَمِنَ الْوَجْهِ، وَمَا أَدْبَرَ فَمِنَ الرَّأْسِ. قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: وَأَخْتَارُ أَنْ يَمْسَحَ مُقَدَّمَهُمَا مَعَ الْوَجْهِ، وَمُؤَخَّرَهُمَا مَعَ رَأْسِهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 37

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 37

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

[What Has Been Related] About Going Between The Fingers

Hadith 38

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

38. 'Āsim bin Laqīṭ bin Ṣabirah narrated from his father that the Prophet Muhammad ﷺ said: "When performing Wudū' go between the fingers." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ibn 'Abbās, Al-Mustawrid, [and he is Ibn Shaddād Al-Fihirī] and Abū Ayyūb [Al-Anṣārī]. Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. The people of knowledge act according to this, that one is to go between the toes in Wudū'. And this is the view of Ahmad and Ishāq. Ishāq said: "One goes between the fingers of his hands and (the toes of his) feet [in Wudū']." Abū Hāshim's (one of the narrators) name is Ismā'īl bin Kathīr [Al-Makki].

Arabic text

٣٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَهَنَّادٌ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هَاشِمٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمِ بْنِ لَقِيطِ بْنِ صَبِرَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا تَوَضَّأْتَ فَخَلِّلِ الْأَصَابِعَ». وَفِي الْبَابِ: عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَالْمُسْتَوْرِدِ، وَهُوَ ابْنُ شَدَّادٍ الْفِهْرِيُّ، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ أَنَّهُ يُخَلِّلُ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ فِي الْوُضُوءِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ أَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ، وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: يُخَلِّلُ أَصَابِعَ يَدَيْهِ وَرِجْلَيْهِ فِي الْوُضُوءِ. وَأَبُو هَاشِمٍ، اسْمُهُ: إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 38

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 38

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 39

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

39. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "When performing Wudū' go between the fingers of your hands and (toes of) your feet." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb.

Arabic text

٣٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْجَوْهَرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ ، عَنْ ‌مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌صَالِحٍ مَوْلَى التَّوْأَمَةِ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا تَوَضَّأْتَ فَخَلِّلْ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِ يَدَيْكَ وَرِجْلَيْكَ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 39

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 39

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 40

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

40. Al-Mustawrid bin Shaddād Al-Fihri said "I saw the Prophet ﷺ when he was performing Wudū' doing that to the toes on his feet with his pinky." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is [Hasan] Gharīb We do not know of it except from the Hadīth of Ibn Lahīrah.

Arabic text

٤٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ ، عَنْ ‌يَزِيدَ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ ‌أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْحُبُلِيِّ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ الْفِهْرِيِّ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ دَلَكَ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ بِخِنْصَرِهِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ لَهِيعَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 40

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 40

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

What Has Been Related About: "Protect The Heels From The Fire."

Hadith 41

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

41. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Protect the heels from the Fire!" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, 'Āishah, Jābir bin 'Abdullāh, 'Abdullāh bin Al-Ĥārith – and he is Ibn Jaz' Az-Zubaidī] – Mu'āiqib, Khālid bin Al-Walīd, Shuraḥbil bin Ḥasanah, 'Amr bin Al-'Ās, and Zaid bin Abī Sufyān. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Abū Hurairah is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. It has been reported from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "Protect the heels and the bottoms of the feet from the Fire." [He said:] The understanding of this Hadīth is that it is not allowed to (merely) wipe over the feet when one does not have Khuff or socks on them.

Arabic text

٤١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ ‌سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَيْلٌ لِلْأَعْقَابِ» مِنَ النَّارِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ: عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، وَمُعَيْقِيبٍ، وَخَالِدِ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، وَشُرَحْبِيلَ بْنِ حَسَنَةَ، وَعَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، وَيَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ. حَدِيثُ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: وَيْلٌ لِلْأَعْقَابِ وَبُطُونِ الْأَقْدَامِ مِنَ النَّارِ. وَفِقْهُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ: أَنَّهُ لَا يَجُوزُ الْمَسْحُ عَلَى الْقَدَمَيْنِ إِذَا لَمْ يَكُنْ عَلَيْهِمَا خُفَّانِ أَوْ جَوْرَبَانِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 41

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 41

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

What Has Been Related About Wudū' One Time (For Each Limb)

Hadith 42

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

42. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū' one time (for each limb)." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā] said: There are narrations on this topic from 'Umar, Jābir, Buraidah, Abū Rāfi' and Ibn Fākih. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Ibn 'Abbās is the best thing on this topic and the most correct. Rishdīn bin Sa'd, and others, reported this Hadīth from Aḍ-Ḍaḥḥāk bin Shurāḥbil, from Zaid bin Aslam, from his father, from 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb: "That the Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū' one time (for each limb)." He said: This is nothing, what is Ṣaḥīḥ is what is reported from Ibn 'Ajlān, Hishām bin Sa'd, Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, and 'Abdul-'Azīz bin Muḥammad, from Zaid bin Aslam, from 'Aṭā' bin Yaṣār, from Ibn 'Abbās, from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

٤٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ ‌وَهَنَّادٌ ‌وَقُتَيْبَةُ قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ . (ح) وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ ‌عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ مَرَّةً مَرَّةً». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُمَرَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَبُرَيْدَةَ، وَأَبِي رَافِعٍ، وَابْنِ الْفَاكِهِ. وَحَدِيثُ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَصَحُّ. وَرَوَى رِشْدِينُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ وَغَيْرُهُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ شُرَحْبِيلَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ مَرَّةً مَرَّةً، وَلَيْسَ هَذَا بِشَيْءٍ، وَالصَّحِيحُ مَا رَوَى ابْنُ عَجْلَانَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَسُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَعَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 42

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 42

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

What Has Been Reported About Wudū' Two Times (For Each Limb)

Hadith 43

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

43. Abū Hurairah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū' two times (for each limb)." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb, we do not know it except from the Hadīth of Ibn Thawbān from 'Abdullāh bin Al-Faḍl, and this is a Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ chain. [There is something on this topic reported from Jābir]. [Abū 'Eisā said:] Hammām reported from 'Āmir Al-Aḥwal, from 'Aṭā', from Abū Hurairah: "That the Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū' three times (for each limb)."

Arabic text

٤٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، ‌وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌زَيْدُ بْنُ حُبَابٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ ثَابِتِ بْنِ ثَوْبَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ هُرْمُزَ الْأَعْرَجِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ مَرَّتَيْنِ مَرَّتَيْنِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ ثَوْبَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ، وَهُوَ إِسْنَادٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ ثَلَاثًا ثَلَاثًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 43

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 43

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

What Has Been Related About Wudū' Three Times (For Each Limb)

Hadith 44

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

44. 'Alī narrated that: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū' three times (for each limb)." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: There are narrations on this topic from 'Uthmān, Ar-Rubay', Ibn 'Umar, ‘Aishah, Abū Umāmah, Abū Rāfi’, ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr, Mu‘āwiyyah, Abū Hurairah, Jābir, ‘Abdullāh bin Zaid, and Ubayy [bin Ka’b]. Abū ‘Eisā said: The Hadīth of ‘Ali is the best thing on this topic and the most correct, [because it is reported by more than one route from ‘Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him]. In general, the people of knowledge act according to this: That the Wudū that is acceptable is one time (for each limb), and that two times is more virtuous, and that three times is the most virtuous, and there is nothing beyond that. Ibn Al-Mubārak said, “One is not safe from sin if he increases upon three.” Ahmad and Ishāq said, “None adds to three except a man suffering from an affliction.”

Arabic text

٤٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَيَّةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيٍّ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ ثَلَاثًا ثَلَاثًا». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَالرُّبَيِّعِ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ، وَأَبِي رَافِعٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَمُعَاوِيَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَأُبَيٍّ. حَدِيثُ عَلِيٍّ أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَصَحُّ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ عَامَّةِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ أَنَّ الْوُضُوءَ يُجْزِئُ مَرَّةً مَرَّةً، وَمَرَّتَيْنِ أَفْضَلُ، وَأَفْضَلُهُ ثَلَاثٌ، وَلَيْسَ بَعْدَهُ شَيْءٌ. وَقَالَ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ: لَا آمَنُ إِذَا زَادَ فِي الْوُضُوءِ عَلَى الثَّلَاثِ أَنْ يَأْثَمَ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ: لَا يَزِيدُ عَلَى الثَّلَاثِ إِلَّا رَجُلٌ مُبْتَلًى.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 44

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 44

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

What Has Been Related About Wudū One Time, Two Times And Three Times.

Hadith 45

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

45. Thābit bin Abi Šafīyyah said, “I asked Abū Ja’far: ‘Did Jābir narrate to you that: “The Prophet ☼ performed Wudū' one time each, and two times, and three times?" He said: "Yes." (Sahih)

Arabic text

٤٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْفَزَارِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ عَنْ ‌ثَابِتِ بْنِ أَبِي صَفِيَّةَ، قَالَ: «قُلْتُ» ‌لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ : حَدَّثَكَ ‌جَابِرٌ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ مَرَّةً مَرَّةً، وَمَرَّتَيْنِ مَرَّتَيْنِ، وَثَلَاثًا ثَلَاثًا؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 45

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 45

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 46

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

46. Thābit bin Abī Ṣafīyyah said, "I asked Abū Ja'far: 'Did Jābir narrate to you that: "The Prophet ☼ performed Wudū' one time each?" He said: "Yes." (Sahih) Hannād and Qutaibah narrated that to us, they said: "Wakī' narrated to us, from Thābit [bin Abī Ṣafīyyah]. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This is more correct than the Hadīth of Sharīk (no. 45). Because narrations similar to that of Wakī' have been reported from more than one route to Thābit. And Sharīk has many mistakes. Thābit bin Abī Ṣafīyyah is Abū Ḥamzah Ath-Thumālī.

Arabic text

٤٦ - وَرَوَى وَكِيعٌ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ ثَابِتِ بْنِ أَبِي صَفِيَّةَ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ ‌لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ : حَدَّثَكَ ‌جَابِرٌ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ مَرَّةً مَرَّةً؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ،» حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌هَنَّادٌ ‌وَقُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ عَنْ ‌ثَابِتٍ. وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ مِنْ حَدِيثِ شَرِيكٍ؛ لِأَنَّهُ قَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ، هَذَا عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، نَحْوَ رِوَايَةِ وَكِيعٍ، وَشَرِيكٌ كَثِيرُ الْغَلَطِ. وَثَابِتُ بْنُ أَبِي صَفِيَّةَ هُوَ أَبُو حَمْزَةَ الثُّمَالِيُّ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 46

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 46

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

[What Has Been Related] About One Who Performs Some Of Wudū', Two Times Each, And Some Of It Three.

Hadith 47

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

47. 'Abdullāh bin Zaid narrated that: "The Prophet ☼ performed Wudū'. So he washed his face three times, and washed his hands two times each, and wiped his head, and washed his feet [two times]." (Sahih) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣahih. And in other narrations it has been mentioned that: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū', in which some of it he did once, and some of it three times." Some of the people of knowledge have permitted that: They do not see any harm if a man washes some of the parts three times, and some twice or once.

Arabic text

٤٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ يَحْيَى، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ فَغَسَلَ وَجْهَهُ ثَلَاثًا،» وَغَسَلَ يَدَيْهِ مَرَّتَيْنِ مَرَّتَيْنِ، وَمَسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ، وَغَسَلَ رِجْلَيْهِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ ذُكِرَ فِي غَيْرِ حَدِيثٍ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ بَعْضَ وُضُوئِهِ مَرَّةً، وَبَعْضَهُ ثَلَاثًا. وَقَدْ رَخَّصَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ فِي ذَلِكَ؛ لَمْ يَرَوْا بَأْسًا أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ الرَّجُلُ بَعْضَ وُضُوئِهِ ثَلَاثًا وَبَعْضَهُ مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ مَرَّةً.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 47

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 47

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

[What Has Been Related] About The Wudū' Of The Prophet ﷺ: How Was It Performed?

Hadith 48

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

48. Abū Ḥayyah narrated: "I saw 'Alī performing Wudū'. He washed his hands until he cleaned them, then he rinsed out his mouth three times, sniffed water into his nose and blew it out three times, washed his face three times, and his forearms three times. He wiped his head once, then he washed his feet up to the ankles. Then he stood up, taking what was left over from his purification (water) and drank it while he was standing. Then he said, 'I wanted to show you how Allāh's Messenger ﷺ purified himself.'" (Sahīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Uthmān, 'Abdullāh bin Zaid, Ibn 'Abbās, 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, 'Āishah, Ar-Rubayyi', 'Abdullāh bin Unais [may Allāh be pleased with them].

Arabic text

٤٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ ‌وَقُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَيَّةَ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ» ‌عَلِيًّا تَوَضَّأَ فَغَسَلَ كَفَّيْهِ حَتَّى أَنْقَاهُمَا، ثُمَّ مَضْمَضَ ثَلَاثًا، وَاسْتَنْشَقَ ثَلَاثًا، وَغَسَلَ وَجْهَهُ ثَلَاثًا، وَذِرَاعَيْهِ ثَلَاثًا، وَمَسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ مَرَّةً، ثُمَّ غَسَلَ قَدَمَيْهِ إِلَى الْكَعْبَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَأَخَذَ فَضْلَ طَهُورِهِ فَشَرِبَهُ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: أَحْبَبْتُ أَنْ أُرِيَكُمْ كَيْفَ كَانَ طُهُورُ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَالرُّبَيِّعِ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ أُنَيْسٍ، وَعَائِشَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 48

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 48

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 49

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

49. 'Abd Khair related a narration similar to that of Abū Ḥayyah, from 'Alī (no. 48), except that 'Abd Khair's version includes the following additions: "When he was finished from his purification, he would take what was left over from his purification with his hand to drink it." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] The Ḥadīth of 'Alī was reported by Abū Iṣḥāq Al-Ḥamdānī, from Abū Ḥayyah, and 'Abd Khair and Al-Ḥārīth. Zā'idah bin Qudāmah and others reported a lengthy Ḥadīth about 'Alī's Wudū, from Khālid bin 'Alqamah, (who reported it) from 'Abd Khair. [He said:] Shu'bah reported this Ḥadīth from Khālid bin 'Alqamah, but he made a mistake with his name and the name of his father. He said: "Mālik bin 'Urfuṭah, [from 'Abd Khair, from 'Alī]. [He said:] It has been related from Abū 'Awānah: "From Khālid bin 'Alqamah, from 'Abd Khair, from 'Alī, [may Allāh be pleased with him]." [He said:] It has also been reported from him, from Mālik bin 'Urfuṭah, the same as the narration of Shu'bah. What is correct is Khālid bin 'Alqamah.

Arabic text

٤٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَهَنَّادٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ خَيْرٍ : ذَكَرَ عَنْ ‌عَلِيٍّ مِثْلَ حَدِيثِ أَبِي حَيَّةَ، إِلَّا أَنَّ عَبْدَ خَيْرٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ طُهُورِهِ أَخَذَ مِنْ فَضْلِ طَهُورِهِ بِكَفِّهِ فَشَرِبَهُ». حَدِيثُ عَلِيٍّ رَوَاهُ أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ الْهَمْدَانِيُّ عَنْ أَبِي حَيَّةَ، وَعَبْدِ خَيْرٍ وَالْحَارِثِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ. وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ زَائِدَةُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ خَيْرٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ حَدِيثَ الْوُضُوءِ بِطُولِهِ. وَ هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَرَوَى شُعْبَةُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، فَأَخْطَأَ فِي اسْمِهِ وَاسْمِ أَبِيهِ فَقَالَ: مَالِكُ بْنُ عُرْفُطَةَ. وَرُوِيَ عَنْ أَبِي عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ خَيْرٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَرُوِيَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ عُرْفُطَةَ مِثْلَ رِوَايَةِ شُعْبَةَ، وَالصَّحِيحُ خَالِدُ بْنُ عَلْقَمَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 49

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 49

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

[What Has Been Related] About An-Nadh[1] After Wudū'

Hadith 50

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

50. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Jibril came to me and he said: 'O Muḥammad! When you perform Wudū' then perform Nadh.'" (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Gharīb. [He said:] I heard Muḥammad saying, "Al-Hasan bin 'Alī Al-Hāshimī (one of the narrators) is Munkar with Hadīth." He said: There are narrations on this topic from Abū Al-Ḥakam bin Sufyān, Ibn 'Abbās, Zaid bin Hārīthah, and Abū Sa'eed [Al-Khudrī]. Some of them call him Sufyān bin Al-Ḥakam, or Al-Ḥakam bin Sufyān. They say that there is incoherence (Ihtirab) in this Hadīth. [1] To sprinkle water on the penis.

Arabic text

٥٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ ‌وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي عُبَيْدِ اللهِ السَّلِيمِيُّ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو قُتَيْبَةَ سَلْمُ بْنُ قُتَيْبَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ الْهَاشِمِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «جَاءَنِي جِبْرِيلُ» فَقَالَ: يَا مُحَمَّدُ، إِذَا تَوَضَّأْتَ فَانْتَضِحْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، وَسَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدًا يَقُولُ: الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْهَاشِمِيُّ مُنْكَرُ الْحَدِيثِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي الْحَكَمِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ وَزَيْدِ بْنِ حَارِثَةَ وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: سُفْيَانُ بْنُ الْحَكَمِ، أَوِ الْحَكَمُ بْنُ سُفْيَانَ، وَاضْطَرَبُوا فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ. ٥٠ - وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ وَعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَائِشٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ - صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - بِطُولِهِ، وَقَالَ: إِنِّي نَعَسْتُ، فَاسْتَثْقَلْتُ نَوْمًا، فَرَأَيْتُ رَبِّي فِي أَحْسَنِ صُورَةٍ، فَقَالَ: فِيمَ يَخْتَصِمُ الْمَلَأُ الْأَعْلَى.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 50

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 50

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

[What Has Been Related] About Performing Wudū' Perfectly And Completely (Isbāgh Al-Wudū')

Hadith 51

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

51. Abū Hurairah narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "Shall I tell you that for which Allāh will wipe out your sins, and raise your ranks?" They said, "Of course Allāh's Messenger!" He said: "Performing Wudū' well in difficulty, and taking many steps to the Masājid, and waiting for Salāt after Salāt, That is the Ribāṭ."[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

٥١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ عَنِ ‌الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَلَا أَدُلُّكُمْ عَلَى مَا يَمْحُو اللهُ بِهِ الْخَطَايَا وَيَرْفَعُ بِهِ الدَّرَجَاتِ؟» قَالُوا: بَلَى يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، قَالَ: إِسْبَاغُ الْوُضُوءِ عَلَى الْمَكَارِهِ، وَكَثْرَةُ الْخُطَا إِلَى الْمَسَاجِدِ، وَانْتِظَارُ الصَّلَاةِ بَعْدَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَذَلِكُمُ الرِّبَاطُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 51

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 51

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 52

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

52. Qutaibah said in his narration:[2] "For that is the Ribāṭ, that is the Ribāṭ, that is the Ribāṭ" three times. (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Alī, 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, Ibn 'Abbās, and 'Ubaidah – and they call him 'Abīdah – bin 'Amr, 'Aīshah, 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'A'īsh [Al-Ḥadramī] and Anas. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Abū Hurairah [on this topic] is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. Al-'Alā' bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān (one of the narrators) is Ibn Ya'qūb Al-Juhānī [Al-Ḥuraqī], and he is trustworthy according to the scholars of Hadīth.

Arabic text

٥٢ - وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْعَلَاءِ نَحْوَهُ، وَقَالَ قُتَيْبَةُ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: فَذَلِكُمُ الرِّبَاطُ، فَذَلِكُمُ الرِّبَاطُ، فَذَلِكُمُ الرِّبَاطُ ثَلَاثًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَعَبِيدَةَ - وَيُقَالُ: عُبَيْدَةُ - بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَائِشٍ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، وَأَنَسٍ. حَدِيثُ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَالْعَلَاءُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ هُوَ ابْنُ يَعْقُوبَ الْجُهَنِيُّ، وَهُوَ ثِقَةٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] For the meaning of Ar-Ribāṭ, see the Tafsīr of Ibn Kathīr; Sūrat Āl Imrān 3:200, published by Darussalam.

2 [2] That is, in no. 52, At-Tirmidhī narrated this Hadīth from him, and his chain extends to Abū Hurairah as well.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 52

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 52

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

[What Has Been Related] About Using a Towel After Wudū'

Hadith 53

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

53. 'Aishah narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had a cloth that he would use to dry off with after Wudū'." (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Aishah is not authentic and there is nothing authentic reported from the Prophet ﷺ on this topic. They say that Abū Mu'ādḥ (one of the narrators) is Sulaimān bin Arqam and he is weak according to the people of Hadīth. [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Mu'ādḥ bin Jabal.

Arabic text

٥٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعِ بْنِ الْجَرَّاحِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ حُبَابٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي مُعَاذٍ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عُرْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خِرْقَةٌ يُنَشِّفُ» بِهَا بَعْدَ الْوُضُوءِ. حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ لَيْسَ بِالْقَائِمِ، وَلَا يَصِحُّ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ شَيْءٌ. وَأَبُو مُعَاذٍ، يَقُولُونَ: هُوَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ أَرْقَمَ، وَهُوَ ضَعِيفٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 53

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 53

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 54

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

54. Mu'ādḥ bin Jabal narrated: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ when he performed Wudū', he wiped his face with the edge of his garment." Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Gharib, and its chain is weak. Rishdīn bin Sa'd and 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Ziyād bin An'um Al-Ifrīqī [narrators in the chain of this Hadīth] are weak in Hadīth. Some people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and those after them, permitted using a towel after Wudū'. Those who disliked it, only disliked it from the view of the saying: "Wudū' is weighed." That was reported from Sa'eed bin Al-Mūsāyyab and Az-Zuhri. Muḥammad bin Ḥumaid [Ar-Rāzī] narrated to us, Jarīr narrated to us, he said: 'Ali bin Mujāhid narrated it to me, and he is trustworthy to me, from me,[1] from: Tha'labah from Az-Zuhri, he said: "The towel is only disliked after Wudū' because Wudū' is weighed." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

٥٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌رِشْدِينُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَنْعُمَ ، عَنْ ‌عُتْبَةَ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَادَةَ بْنِ نُسَيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ غَنْمٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ مَسَحَ وَجْهَهُ بِطَرَفِ ثَوْبِهِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ وَإِسْنَادُهُ ضَعِيفٌ، وَرِشْدِينُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَنْعُمَ الْإِفْرِيقِيُّ يُضَعَّفَانِ فِي الْحَدِيثِ. وَقَدْ رَخَّصَ قَوْمٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ فِي التَّمَنْدُلِ بَعْدَ الْوُضُوءِ، وَمَنْ كَرِهَهُ إِنَّمَا كَرِهَهُ مِنْ قِبَلِ أَنَّهُ قِيلَ: إِنَّ الْوَضُوءَ يُوزَنُ، وَرُوِيَ ذَلِكَ عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ وَالزُّهْرِيِّ. حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِيهِ عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُجَاهِدٍ عَنِّي، وَهُوَ عِنْدِي ثِقَةٌ، عَنْ ثَعْلَبَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: إِنَّمَا أَكْرَهُ الْمِنْدِيلَ بَعْدَ الْوُضُوءِ؛ لِأَنَّ الْوَضُوءَ يُوزَنُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 54

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 54

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

[About] What Is Said After Wudū'

Hadith 55

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

55. 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "Whoever performs Wudū', making Wudū' well, then says: (Ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh, waḥdahu lā sharika lahu, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasūluhu, Allāhummaj'alnī minattawwābīn, waj'alnī minal mutaṭahhirīn) 'I testify that none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh Alone, there are no partners for Him. And I testify that Muḥammad is His servant and Messenger. O Allāh! Make me among the repentant, and make me among those who purify themselves.' Then eight gates of Paradise are opened for him, that he may enter by whichever of them he wishes." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Anas, and 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir. Abū 'Eisā said: Zaid bin Ḥubbāb (one of the narrators) has been contradicted in this Hadīth of 'Umar. [He said:] 'Abdullāh bin Ṣāliḥ, and others, reported it from Mu'āwiyyah bin Ṣāliḥ, from Rabī'ah bin Yazīd, from Abū Idrīs from 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir from 'Umar, and, from Abū 'Uthmān from Jubair bin Nufair from 'Umar. There is incoherence (Iḍtirāb) in this Hadīth' chain. Not much of the Aḥādīth' reported on this topic are authentic. Muḥammad said: "Abū Idrīs did not hear anything from 'Umar."

Arabic text

٥٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌جَعْفَرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِمْرَانَ الثَّعْلَبِيُّ الْكُوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌زَيْدُ بْنُ حُبَابٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ‌رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الدِّمَشْقِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ الْخَوْلَانِيِّ ‌وَأَبِي عُثْمَانَ ، عَنْ ‌عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا» عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، اللَّهُمَّ اجْعَلْنِي مِنَ التَّوَّابِينَ وَاجْعَلْنِي مِنَ الْمُتَطَهِّرِينَ، فُتِحَتْ لَهُ ثَمَانِيَةُ أَبْوَابِ الْجَنَّةِ يَدْخُلُ مِنْ أَيِّهَا شَاءَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَنَسٍ وَعُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ. حَدِيثُ عُمَرَ قَدْ خُولِفَ زَيْدُ بْنُ حُبَابٍ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَرَوَى عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ صَالِحٍ وَغَيْرُهُ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ وَعَنْ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ فِي إِسْنَادِهِ اضْطِرَابٌ وَلَا يَصِحُّ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ كَثِيرُ شَيْءٍ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: وَأَبُو إِدْرِيسَ لَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنْ عُمَرَ شَيْئًا.

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, Jarīr narrated it first to 'Ali bin Mujāhid, then Jarīr forgot it. So 'Ali bin Mujāhid told him: "You narrated it to me from Tha'labah." (Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi)

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 55

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 55

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

On Wudū' With A Mudd[1]

Hadith 56

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

56. Safinah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ would perform Wudū' with a Mudd, and he would perform Ghusl with a Ṣā'." (Sahīh) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Aīshah, Jābir, and Anas bin Mālik. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Safinah is a Hasan Sahīh Hadīth. Abū Raiḥānah's (one of the narrators) name is 'Abdullāh bin Maṭar. Based upon this, some of the people of knowledge hold the view that Wudū' is performed with a Mudd, and Ghusl with a Ṣā'. Ash-Shāfi'i, Aḥmad, and Ishāq said: "The meaning of this Hadīth is not to restrict it such that it is not permissible to use more or less than that, it is only to explain the amount that is sufficient."

Arabic text

٥٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ ‌وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي رَيْحَانَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سَفِينَةَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَتَوَضَّأُ بِالْمُدِّ، وَيَغْتَسِلُ بِالصَّاعِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ وَجَابِرٍ وَأَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ. حَدِيثُ سَفِينَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَأَبُو رَيْحَانَةَ اسْمُهُ: عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مَطَرٍ. وَهَكَذَا رَأَى بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ الْوُضُوءَ بِالْمُدِّ وَالْغُسْلَ بِالصَّاعِ. وَقَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ: لَيْسَ مَعْنَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ عَلَى التَّوْقِيتِ أَنَّهُ لَا يَجُوزُ أَكْثَرُ مِنْهُ وَلَا أَقَلُّ مِنْهُ، وَهُوَ قَدْرُ مَا يَكْفِي.

Footnotes

1 [1] It is a measurement of volume rather than weight. It is one scoop of an average man, with his two hands held together. Four of these makes up a Ṣā'. The weight of these measurements differ depending upon the substance measured.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 56

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 56

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

[What Has Been Related] About It Being Disliked To Be Wasteful With Water During Wudū

Hadith 57

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

57. Ubayy bin Ka'b narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Indeed there is a Shaitān for Wudū' who is called 'Al-Walahān.'" So beware of having misgivings about water."[1] (Sahīh) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, and 'Abdullāh bin Mughaffal. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Ubayy bin Ka'b is a Gharīb Hadīth. Its chain is not strong, and [what is correct] according to the people of Hadīth is that we do not know anyone who gave it a chain except Khārijah [one of the narrators in this Hadīth]. This Hadīth has been reported from more than one route from Al-Hasan, as his saying, but there is nothing correct on this topic from the Prophet ﷺ. Khārijah is not reliable according to our companions, and Ibn Al-Mubārak graded him weak.

Arabic text

٥٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَارِجَةُ بْنُ مُصْعَبٍ، عَنْ ‌يُونُسَ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ ، عَنْ ‌عُتَيِّ بْنِ ضَمْرَةَ السَّعْدِيِّ، عَنْ ‌أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ لِلْوُضُوءِ شَيْطَانًا يُقَالُ لَهُ الْوَلَهَانُ،» فَاتَّقُوا وَسْوَاسَ الْمَاءِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ. حَدِيثُ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ وَلَيْسَ إِسْنَادُهُ بِالْقَوِيِّ وَالصَّحِيحُ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ؛ لَأَنَّا لَا نَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا أَسْنَدَهُ غَيْرَ خَارِجَةَ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنِ الْحَسَنِ قَوْلَهُ. وَلَا يَصِحُّ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَيْءٌ، وَخَارِجَةُ لَيْسَ بِالْقَوِيِّ عِنْدَ أَصْحَابِنَا، وَضَعَّفَهُ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, beware of having doubts over whether or not you have washed something.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 57

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 57

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

[What Has Been Related] About Performing Wudū' For Every Ṣalāt

Hadith 58

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

58. Anas narrated that "The Prophet ﷺ would perform Wudū' for every Ṣalāt, whether he was in a state of purity or not in a state of purity." (Da'if) He[1] said: "I asked Anas: 'What would you do?' He said: We would perform one Wudū'." Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of [Humaid from] Anas is a Ḥasan Gharīb Hadīth [from this route]. What is popular among the people of Hadīth is the narration of 'Amr bin 'Āmīr [Al-Anṣārī] from Anas. Some of the people of knowledge held the view that Wudū' for every Ṣalāt is recommended, not obligatory.

Arabic text

٥٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ الرَّازِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَلَمَةُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ ‌حُمَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَتَوَضَّأُ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ»: طَاهِرًا أَوْ غَيْرَ طَاهِرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَنَسٍ، فَكَيْفَ كُنْتُمْ تَصْنَعُونَ أَنْتُمْ؟ قَالَ: كُنَّا نَتَوَضَّأُ وُضُوءًا وَاحِدًا. حَدِيثُ أَنَسٍ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَالْمَشْهُورُ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ حَدِيثُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَامِرٍ عَنْ أَنَسٍ. وَقَدْ كَانَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ يَرَى الْوُضُوءَ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ اسْتِحْبَابًا لَا عَلَى الْوُجُوبِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Humaid, who narrated it from Anas.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 58

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 58

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 59

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

59. It has been related in a narration from Ibn 'Umar that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever performs Wudū' while in a state of purity, Allāh writes for him on account of it ten good merits." (Da'if) [He said:] Al-Ifriqi narrated this Hadīth from Abū Ghūtaif, from Ibn 'Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ. Al-Ḥusain bin Huraith Al-Marwazi narrated that to us: (He said) Muḥammad bin Yazid Al-Wāsiṭi narrated to us from Al-Ifriqi." And it is a weak chain. 'Ali [bin Al-Madīnī] said: "Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān said: 'This Hadīth was mentioned to Hishām bin 'Urwah, so he said, "This chain is from the east."[1] [He said: I heard Aḥmad bin Al-Ḥasan saying: "I heard Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal saying: 'I have not seen with my eyes anyone who was well-versed in the science of Hadīth like similar to Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān."] [1] Meaning, from the people of the east, and they are the people of Al-Kūfah and Al-Baṣrah. (Tuhfat Al-Aḥwadhī)

Arabic text

٥٩ - وَقَدْ رُوِيَ فِي حَدِيثٍ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ عَلَى طُهْرٍ كَتَبَ اللهُ لَهُ بِهِ عَشْرَ حَسَنَاتٍ». وَرَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ الْإِفْرِيقِيُّ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي غُطَيْفٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْوَاسِطِيُّ ، عَنِ ‌الْإِفْرِيقِيِّ، وَهُوَ إِسْنَادٌ ضَعِيفٌ. قَالَ عَلِيٌّ: قَالَ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ: ذَكَرَ لِهِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ فَقَالَ: هَذَا إِسْنَادٌ مَشْرِقِيٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 59

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 59

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 60

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

60. 'Amr bin 'Āmir Al-Anṣārī narrated that he heard Anas bin Mālik saying: "The Prophet ﷺ would perform Wudū' for every Ṣalāt." I said, "So what about you, what would you do?" He said, "We would pray all of the prayers with one Wudū', as long as we had not committed Hadath (anything that invalidates Wudū)." (Sahīh) Abū 'Eisā said, This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣahīh. [The Hadīth of Humaid from Anas (no. 58) is a good Hadīth (Jayyid) that is Gharīb Hasan].

Arabic text

٦٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، ‌وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ عَامِرٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ يَقُولُ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَتَوَضَّأُ عِنْدَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ» قُلْتُ: فَأَنْتُمْ مَا كُنْتُمْ تَصْنَعُونَ؟ قَالَ: كُنَّا نُصَلِّي الصَّلَوَاتِ كُلَّهَا بِوُضُوءٍ وَاحِدٍ مَا لَمْ نُحْدِثْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 60

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 60

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

What Had Been Related About Performing The (Five Obligatory) Prayers With One Wudū'

Hadith 61

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

61. Sulaimān bin Buraidah narrated that his father said: "The Prophet ﷺ would perform Wudū' for every Ṣalāt. So during the year of the Conquest, he performed all of the prayers with one Wudū', and he wiped over his Khuff. So 'Umar said, 'You did something that you have not done before?' He replied: "I did it on purpose." (Sahīh) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣahīh. 'Alī bin Qādim narrated this Hadīth from Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, with this addition: "performing Wudū' (washing each limb) one time." [He said:] Sufyān Ath-Thawrī also narrated this Hadīth from Muḥārīb bin Dithār, from Sulaimān bin Buraidah: "That the Prophet ﷺ would perform Wudū' for every Ṣalāt." And Waki' narrated it from Sufyān, from Muḥārīb, from Sulaimān bin Buraidah, from his father. [He said:] 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Mahdī, and others, narrated it from Sufyān from Muḥārīb bin Dithār, from Sulaimān bin Buraidah, from the Prophet ﷺ, which is Mursal,[1] and this is more correct than the Hadīth of Waki'. This is acted upon according to the people of knowledge: One performs the prayers with one Wudū' as long he has not committed Ḥadath. Some of these scholars perform Wudū' for every prayer, considering it recommended, and intending its virtue. It has been related from Al-Ifrīqī, from Abū Ghūtaif, from Ibn 'Umar, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever performs Wudū' while in a state of purity, Allāh records for him on that account ten good merits." This chain is weak. On this topic there is a narration from Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh, that:‘The Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr andAṣr with one Wuḍū’.

Arabic text

٦١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌عَلْقَمَةَ بْنِ مَرْثَدٍ ، عَنْ ‌سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَتَوَضَّأُ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ،» فَلَمَّا كَانَ عَامُ الْفَتْحِ صَلَّى الصَّلَوَاتِ كُلَّهَا بِوُضُوءٍ وَاحِدٍ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى خُفَّيْهِ، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: إِنَّكَ فَعَلْتَ شَيْئًا لَمْ تَكُنْ فَعَلْتَهُ، قَالَ: عَمْدًا فَعَلْتُهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَرَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ قَادِمٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، وَزَادَ فِيهِ: تَوَضَّأَ مَرَّةً مَرَّةً. وَرَوَى سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ أَيْضًا عَنْ مُحَارِبِ بْنِ دِثَارٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَتَوَضَّأُ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ. وَرَوَاهُ وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مُحَارِبٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ. وَرَوَاهُ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ وَغَيْرُهُ عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مُحَارِبِ بْنِ دِثَارٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُرْسَلًا، وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ مِنْ حَدِيثِ وَكِيعٍ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ أَنَّهُ يُصَلِّي الصَّلَوَاتِ بِوُضُوءٍ وَاحِدٍ مَا لَمْ يُحْدِثْ، وَكَانَ بَعْضُهُمْ يَتَوَضَّأُ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ اسْتِحْبَابًا وَإِرَادَةَ الْفَضْلِ. وَيُرْوَى عَنِ الْإِفْرِيقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي غُطَيْفٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ عَلَى طُهْرٍ كَتَبَ اللهُ لَهُ بِهِ عَشْرَ حَسَنَاتٍ. وَهَذَا إِسْنَادٌ ضَعِيفٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ بِوُضُوءٍ وَاحِدٍ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning that a Tābi' narrated the Hadīth from the Prophet ﷺ, without mentioning a Companion who heard it.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 61

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 61

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

[What Has Been Related] About A Man And A Woman Performing Wuḍū From One Vessel.

Hadith 62

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

62. Maimūnah said: “I and Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ would perform Ghusl for Janābah from one vessel.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. It is the view of the Fuqahā’ in general that; there is no harm in a man and a woman performing Ghusl from one vessel. [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from ‘Alī, ‘Aīshah, Anas, Umm Hānī, Umm Ṣubayyah (Al-Juhaniyah), Umm Salamah, and Ibn ‘Umar. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] Abū Ash-Sha’tha’s (one of the narrators in this Ḥadīth) name is Jābir bin Zaid.

Arabic text

٦٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الشَّعْثَاءِ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي ‌مَيْمُونَةُ قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أَغْتَسِلُ أَنَا وَرَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ إِنَاءٍ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ الْفُقَهَاءِ: أَنْ لَا بَأْسَ أَنْ يَغْتَسِلَ الرَّجُلُ وَالْمَرْأَةُ مِنْ إِنَاءٍ وَاحِدٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ وَعَائِشَةَ وَأَنَسٍ وَأُمِّ هَانِئٍ وَأُمِّ صُبَيَّةَ وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ وَابْنِ عُمَرَ. وَأَبُو الشَّعْثَاءِ اسْمُهُ جَابِرُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 62

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 62

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

[What Has Been Related] About It Being Disliked To Use The Leftover Water Of A Woman

Hadith 63

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

63. Abū Hājjib narrated from a man from Banū Ghifār who said: "The Prophet ﷺ prohibited using the leftover (water) of a woman's purification." (Hasan) [He said:] There is something on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin Sarjis. Abū 'Eisā said: Some of the Fuqahā' disliked Wudū' with what is leftover from a woman's purification. This is the saying of Aḥmad and Ishāq: They dislike using what is leftover from her purification, but they do not see any harm in what is leftover from her drinking.

Arabic text

٦٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَاجِبٍ ، عَنْ ‌رَجُلٍ مِنْ بَنِي غِفَارٍ قَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ فَضْلِ طَهُورِ الْمَرْأَةِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ سَرْجِسَ. وَكَرِهَ بَعْضُ الْفُقَهَاءِ الْوُضُوءَ بِفَضْلِ طَهُورِ الْمَرْأَةِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ، كَرِهَا فَضْلَ طَهُورِهَا، وَلَمْ يَرَيَا بِفَضْلِ سُؤْرِهَا بَأْسًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 63

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 63

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 64

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

64. Al-Ḥakim bin 'Amr Al-Ghifārī narrated that: "The Prophet ﷺ forbade that a man should perform Wudū' with the leftover (water) from a woman's purification." Or, he said: "from her drinking." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan. Abū Hājjib's (one of the narrators) name is Sawādah bin ‘Āsim. In his Hadīth, Muḥammad bin Bash-shār said:[1] “Allāh’s Messenger prohibited that a man should perform Wudū’ with the leftover (water) of a woman.” And Muḥammad bin Bash-shār did not have any doubt (about its wording).

Arabic text

٦٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ‌وَمَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌أَبَا حَاجِبٍ يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ ‌الْحَكَمِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو الْغِفَارِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ الرَّجُلُ بِفَضْلِ طَهُورِ الْمَرْأَةِ، أَوْ قَالَ: بِسُؤْرِهَا». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. وَأَبُو حَاجِبٍ اسْمُهُ سَوَادَةُ بْنُ عَاصِمٍ. وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: نَهَى رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ الرَّجُلُ بِفَضْلِ طَهُورِ الْمَرْأَةِ، وَلَمْ يَشُكَّ فِيهِ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 64

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 64

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

[What has Been Related] About Permitting That

Hadith 65

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

65. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated: “One of the wives of the Prophet ﷺ performed Ghusl with a bowl. Allāh’s Messenger wanted to perform Wudū’ with it, so she said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! Indeed I am Junub.’[2] So he said: ‘Indeed, water does not become Junub.’”(Da’if) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. It is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Mālik, and Ash-Shāfi‘ī.

Arabic text

٦٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌عِكْرِمَةَ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «اغْتَسَلَ بَعْضُ أَزْوَاجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي جَفْنَةٍ»، فَأَرَادَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْهُ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنِّي كُنْتُ جُنُبًا، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ الْمَاءَ لَا يُجْنِبُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ وَمَالِكٍ وَالشَّافِعِيِّ.

Footnotes

1 [1] At-Tirmidhī narrated this Hadīth from both him and Maḥmūd bin Ghailān.

2 [2] In a state of ceremonial impurity.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 65

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 65

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

What Has Been Related About: Nothing Makes Water Impure

Hadith 66

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

66. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated: "It was said, 'O Allāh's Messenger! Shall we use the water of Buḍā'ah well to perform ablution while it is a well in which menstruation rags, flesh of dogs and the putrid are dumped?'" Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: 'Indeed water is pure, nothing makes it impure.'" (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan. Abū Usāmah (one of the narrators) has done very well with this Hadīth. No one has reported the Hadīth of Abū Sa'eed about the well of Buḍā'ah better than what Abū Usāmah reported. And this Hadīth has been reported from more than one route from Abū Sa'eed. There are narrations on this topic from Ibn 'Abbās and 'Āishah.

Arabic text

٦٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ ‌وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْخَلَّالُ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو أُسَامَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ كَعْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ رَافِعِ بْنِ خَدِيجٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: «قِيلَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، أَتَتَوَضَّأُ مِنْ بِئْرِ بُضَاعَةَ» وَهِيَ بِئْرٌ يُلْقَى فِيهَا الْحِيَضُ وَلُحُومُ الْكِلَابِ وَالنَّتْنُ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنَّ الْمَاءَ طَهُورٌ لَا يُنَجِّسُهُ شَيْءٌ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، وَقَدْ جَوَّدَ أَبُو أُسَامَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، فَلَمْ يَرْوِ أَحَدٌ حَدِيثَ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ فِي بِئْرِ بُضَاعَةَ أَحْسَنَ مِمَّا رَوَى أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ وَعَائِشَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 66

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 66

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

Something Else For That

Hadith 67

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

67. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ while he was being asked about water in open areas of the land, and predators and beasts come to it." He said: "So Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: 'When the water is two Qullah it does not carry filth.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abdah (one of the narrators) said:] Muḥammad bin Ishāq said: "A Qullah refers to Jirār,[1] and a Qullah is the thing that drinking water is held in."[2] Abū 'Eisā said: This is the saying of Ash-Shāfi'i, Ahmad and Ishāq. They say that when the water is two Qullah then nothing makes it impure, as long as it does not change its smell, and its taste. And they say, it is approximately fifty Qirbah (waterskins).

Arabic text

٦٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «وَهُوَ يُسْأَلُ عَنِ الْمَاءِ يَكُونُ فِي الْفَلَاةِ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ وَمَا يَنُوبُهُ مِنَ السِّبَاعِ» وَالدَّوَابِّ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِذَا كَانَ الْمَاءُ قُلَّتَيْنِ لَمْ يَحْمِلِ الْخَبَثَ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ: الْقُلَّةُ هِيَ الْجِرَارُ، وَالْقُلَّةُ الَّتِي يُسْتَقَى فِيهَا. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَأَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ، قَالُوا: إِذَا كَانَ الْمَاءُ قُلَّتَيْنِ لَمْ يُنَجِّسْهُ شَيْءٌ مَا لَمْ يَتَغَيَّرْ رِيحُهُ أَوْ طَعْمُهُ، وَقَالُوا: يَكُونُ نَحْوًا مِنْ خَمْسِ قِرَبٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 67

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 67

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

[What Has Been Related About] It Is Disliked To Urinate In Stagnant Water

Hadith 68

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

68. Abu Hurairah narrated that the Prophet said: "Let none of you urinate [in still water, then perform Wudü' with it."] (Sahih) AbU 'Elsa said: This Hadith is Hasan Sahih. And there is something on this topic from Jãbir.

Arabic text

٦٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْمَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌هَمَّامِ بْنِ مُنَبِّهٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا يَبُولَنَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الْمَاءِ الدَّائِمِ» ثُمَّ يَتَوَضَّأُ مِنْهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 68

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 68

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

What Has Been Related About Sea Water, That It Is Pure

Hadith 69

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

69. Abū Hurairah narrated: “A man asked Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ ‘O Messenger of Allāh! We sail the seas, and we only carry a little water with us. If we use it for Wudū’ then we will go thirsty. So shall we perform Wudū’ from the (water of the) sea?’ Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said: ‘Its water is pure, and its dead are lawful.’” (Sahih) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Jābir, and Al-Firāsī. Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih. This is the saying of most of the Fuqahā' among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ. Among these are Abū Bakr, 'Umar, and Ibn 'Abbās. They did not see any harm in sea water. Some of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ disliked using sea water for Wudū'. Among these are Ibn 'Umar, and 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr. 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr said: "It is fire."

Arabic text

٦٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ ‌مَالِكٍ. (ح) وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌الْأَنْصَارِيُّ إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَعْنٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكٌ ، عَنْ ‌صَفْوَانَ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ مِنْ آلِ ابْنِ الْأَزْرَقِ أَنَّ ‌الْمُغِيرَةَ بْنَ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ - وَهُوَ مِنْ بَنِي عَبْدِ الدَّارِ - أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ‌أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: «سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ» رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنَّا نَرْكَبُ الْبَحْرَ وَنَحْمِلُ مَعَنَا الْقَلِيلَ مِنَ الْمَاءِ، فَإِنْ تَوَضَّأْنَا بِهِ عَطِشْنَا، أَفَنَتَوَضَّأُ مِنَ الْبَحْرِ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: هُوَ الطَّهُورُ مَاؤُهُ، الْحِلُّ مَيْتَتُهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرٍ وَالْفِرَاسِيِّ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ الْفُقَهَاءِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مِنْهُمْ: أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ، وَابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ؛ لَمْ يَرَوْا بَأْسًا بِمَاءِ الْبَحْرِ. وَقَدْ كَرِهَ بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْوُضُوءَ بِمَاءِ الْبَحْرِ مِنْهُمُ ابْنُ عُمَرَ، وَعَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو: هُوَ نَارٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 69

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 69

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Severe Warning Against Not Shielding Oneself From Urine

Hadith 70

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

70. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ passed by two graves. He said: 'These two are being punished. And they are not being punished for something major. As for this one, he would not protect himself from his urine. As for this one, he used to spread Namimah (slander).'" (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, Abū Mūsā, 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Ḥasanah, Zaid (bin Thābit), and Abū Bakarāh. Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Maṣṣūr narrated this Hadīth from Mujāhid, from Ibn 'Abbās, but he did not mention "from Tāwūs" in it. And the narration of Al-A'mash is more correct.[1] [He said:] I heard Abū Bakr Muḥammad bin Abān [Al-Balkhī who narrates from Waki'] saying: "I heard Waki' saying: 'Al-A'mash preserved the chain of Ibrāhīm better than Maṣṣūr."

Arabic text

٧٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ ‌وَقُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَأَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌مُجَاهِدًا يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ ‌طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ عَلَى قَبْرَيْنِ فَقَالَ: إِنَّهُمَا يُعَذَّبَانِ، وَمَا يُعَذَّبَانِ فِي كَبِيرٍ»؛ أَمَّا هَذَا فَكَانَ لَا يَسْتَتِرُ مِنْ بَوْلِهِ، وَأَمَّا هَذَا فَكَانَ يَمْشِي بِالنَّمِيمَةِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى، وَعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حَسَنَةَ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، وَأَبِي بَكْرَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَرَوَى مَنْصُورٌ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ فِيهِ عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، وَرِوَايَةُ الْأَعْمَشِ أَصَحُّ. وَسَمِعْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ أَبَانَ الْبَلْخِيَّ مُسْتَمْلِيَ وَكِيعٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ وَكِيعًا يَقُولُ: الْأَعْمَشُ أَحْفَظُ لِإِسْنَادِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مِنْ مَنْصُورٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 70

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 70

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

[What Has Been Related] About Sprinkling Water On The Urine Of A Young Boy Before (He reaches The Age That) He Eats Food

Hadith 71

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

71. Umm Qais bin Miḥṣan narrated: "I entered upon the Prophet ﷺ with a son of mine who was not yet eating food. He urinated on him, so he called for water which he sprinkled over it." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Alī, 'Āishah, Zainab, Lubābah bint Al-Ĥārīth - and she is Umm Al-Faḍl bin 'Abbās bin 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib - and Abū As-Samḥ, 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, and Abū Lailā, and Ibn 'Abbās. Abū 'Eisā said: This is the saying of more than one [of the people of knowledge] among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn, and those after them. Like Ahmad and Ishāq who said, "The urine of the young boy is sprinkled, and the urine of the small girl is washed." This is the case when they are not eating food, when they eat, then it is washed in all cases.

Arabic text

٧١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ قَيْسٍ بِنْتِ مِحْصَنٍ، قَالَتْ: «دَخَلْتُ بِابْنٍ لِي عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَأْكُلِ الطَّعَامَ، فَبَالَ عَلَيْهِ»، فَدَعَا بِمَاءٍ فَرَشَّهُ عَلَيْهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ وَعَائِشَةَ وَزَيْنَبَ وَلُبَابَةَ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ وَهِيَ أُمُّ الْفَضْلِ بْنِ عَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ وَأَبِي السَّمْحِ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَأَبِي لَيْلَى، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ؛ مِثْلِ أَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ، قَالُوا: يُنْضَحُ بَوْلُ الْغُلَامِ، وَيُغْسَلُ بَوْلُ الْجَارِيَةِ، وَهَذَا مَا لَمْ يَطْعَمَا، فَإِذَا طَعِمَا غُسِلَا جَمِيعًا.

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, this narration, in which Al-A'mash said, "I heard Mujāhid narrating from Tāwūs."

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 71

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 71

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

What Has Been Related About The Urine Of That Whose Meat Is Eaten

Hadith 72

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

72. Anas narrated: "Some people from 'Urainah arrived in Al-Madinah, and they were uncomfortable (and ill from the climate). So Allāh's Messenger ﷺ sent them some camels from charity. He told them: "Drink from their milk and urine." So they killed the camel driver that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ sent, and they violently drove off the camels, and apostasized from Islam. So the Prophet ﷺ came to them, he cut off their hands and feet on opposite sides, and branded their eyes, and threw them in Al-Harrah.”[1] Anas said, “So I saw one of them working over the ground with his mouth, until they died.” (Sahih) And sometimes Hammad said: “Biting the ground with his mouth, until they died.” Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih. It has been reported from Anas through a number of chains of narration. It is the opinion of most of the people of knowledge, they say: There is no harm in the urine of that whose meat is eaten.

Arabic text

٧٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزَّعْفَرَانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَفَّانُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُمَيْدٌ ‌وَقَتَادَةُ ‌وَثَابِتٌ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ «أَنَّ نَاسًا مِنْ عُرَيْنَةَ» قَدِمُوا الْمَدِينَةَ فَاجْتَوَوْهَا، فَبَعَثَهُمْ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي إِبِلِ الصَّدَقَةِ، وَقَالَ: اشْرَبُوا مِنْ أَلْبَانِهَا وَأَبْوَالِهَا، فَقَتَلُوا رَاعِي رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَاسْتَاقُوا الْإِبِلَ وَارْتَدُّوا عَنِ الْإِسْلَامِ، فَأُتِيَ بِهِمُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَطَعَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ وَأَرْجُلَهُمْ مِنْ خِلَافٍ، وَسَمَرَ أَعْيُنَهُمْ، وَأَلْقَاهُمْ بِالْحَرَّةِ قَالَ أَنَسٌ: فَكُنْتُ أَرَى أَحَدَهُمْ يَكُدُّ الْأَرْضَ بِفِيهِ حَتَّى مَاتُوا. وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ حَمَّادٌ: يَكْدُمُ الْأَرْضَ بِفِيهِ حَتَّى مَاتُوا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ أَنَسٍ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، قَالُوا: لَا بَأْسَ بِبَوْلِ مَا يُؤْكَلُ لَحْمُهُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 72

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 72

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 73

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

73. Anas bin Mālik narrated: “Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ only poked out their eyes because they had poked out the eyes of the camel driver.” Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Gharīb. We do not know anyone who mentioned it other than this Shaikh, from Yazīd bin Zurai’. And it is in accordance with the meaning of Allāh's saying: "And wounds equal for equal"[1] It has been reported that Muḥammad bin Sīrīn said: "The Prophet ﷺ only did this to them before the legislated punishments were revealed."

Arabic text

٧٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْفَضْلُ بْنُ سَهْلٍ الْأَعْرَجُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُلَيْمَانُ التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا سَمَلَ» النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَعْيُنَهُمْ؛ لِأَنَّهُمْ سَمَلُوا أَعْيُنَ الرُّعَاةِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا ذَكَرَهُ غَيْرَ هَذَا الشَّيْخِ عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ زُرَيْعٍ. وَهُوَ مَعْنَى قَوْلِهِ: {وَالْجُرُوحَ قِصَاصٌ} وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ قَالَ: إِنَّمَا فَعَلَ بِهِمُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ هَذَا قَبْلَ أَنْ تَنْزِلَ الْحُدُودُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Harrah: A well known area full of black rocks, near Al-Madinah.” (Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi).

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 73

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 73

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

What Has Been Related About Wudū' For Breaking Wind

Hadith 74

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

74. Abū Hurairah narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "There is no Wudū' except for a sound or a smell." (Sahih) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadith is Hasan Sahih

Arabic text

٧٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ‌وَهَنَّادٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا وُضُوءَ إِلَّا مِنْ صَوْتٍ أَوْ رِيحٍ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 74

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 74

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 75

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

75. Abū Hurairah narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "When one of you is in the Masjid, and he senses wind between his buttocks then he should not exit until he hears a sound or smells an odor.” (Sahīh) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from ‘Abdullāh bin Zaid, ‘Alī bin Talq, ‘Aīshah, Ibn ‘Abbās, [Ibn Mas’ūd], and Abū Sa’eed. Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Sahīh. It is the opinion of the scholars that it is not obligatory for one to perform Wudū’ except from Hadath, for which he hears a sound or smells an odor. And [‘Abdullāh] bin Al-Mubārak said: “When he has a doubt about Hadath, then it is not obligatory for him to perform Wudū’, until he becomes so certain that he could take an oath about it.” And he said: “When wind comes from the vagina of a woman then it is required for her to perform Wudū’.” This is the saying of Ash-Shāfi’i and Ishāq.

Arabic text

٧٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ ‌سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ فَوَجَدَ رِيحًا بَيْنَ أَلْيَتَيْهِ فَلَا يَخْرُجْ حَتَّى يَسْمَعَ صَوْتًا» أَوْ يَجِدَ رِيحًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَعَلِيِّ بْنِ طَلْقٍ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الْعُلَمَاءِ: أَنْ لَا يَجِبَ عَلَيْهِ الْوُضُوءُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدَثٍ يَسْمَعُ صَوْتًا أَوْ يَجِدُ رِيحًا. وَقَالَ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ: إِذَا شَكَّ فِي الْحَدَثِ فَإِنَّهُ لَا يَجِبُ عَلَيْهِ الْوُضُوءُ حَتَّى يَسْتَيْقِنَ اسْتِيقَانًا يَقْدِرُ أَنْ يَحْلِفَ عَلَيْهِ، وَقَالَ: إِذَا خَرَجَ مِنْ قُبُلِ الْمَرْأَةِ الرِّيحُ وَجَبَ عَلَيْهَا الْوُضُوءُ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَإِسْحَاقَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mā'idah 5:45.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 75

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 75

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 76

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

76. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: “Indeed Allāh does not accept the prayer of one of you when he commits Hadath, until he performs Wudū’.” (Sahīh) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is [Gharīb] Hasan Sahīh.

Arabic text

٧٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنْ ‌هَمَّامِ بْنِ مُنَبِّهٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ اللهَ لَا يَقْبَلُ صَلَاةَ أَحَدِكُمْ إِذَا أَحْدَثَ حَتَّى يَتَوَضَّأَ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 76

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 76

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

[What Has Been Reported] About Wuḍū' From Sleep

Hadith 77

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

77. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that he saw the Prophet ﷺ sleeping, while in prostration position, until he snored or snorted. Then he stood up to pray. So I said: "O Messenger of Allāh! You were sleeping?" He said: "Wuḍū' is not required except for sleeping while reclining. For when one reclines, his joints relax." (Ḍa'if) Abū 'Eisā said: Abū Khālid's (a narrator of this Hadīth) name is (Yazīd bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān). [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Aīshah, Ibn Mas'ūd, and Abū Hurairah.

Arabic text

٧٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى ‌وَهَنَّادٌ، ‌وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، الْمَعْنَى وَاحِدٌ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ حَرْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي خَالِدٍ الدَّالَانِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الْعَالِيَةِ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ «أَنَّهُ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَامَ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ حَتَّى غَطَّ أَوْ نَفَخَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ يُصَلِّي، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنَّكَ قَدْ نِمْتَ، قَالَ: إِنَّ الْوُضُوءَ لَا يَجِبُ إِلَّا عَلَى مَنْ نَامَ مُضْطَجِعًا؛» فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا اضْطَجَعَ اسْتَرْخَتْ مَفَاصِلُهُ. وَأَبُو خَالِدٍ اسْمُهُ يَزِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 77

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 77

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 78

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

78. Anas bin Mālik narrated: "The Companions of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would sleep, then stand to pray, and they would not perform Wudū.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. [He said:] "I heard Ṣāliḥ bin 'Abdullāh saying: 'I asked ['Abdullāh] bin Al-Mubārak about one who slept sitting erect?' He said: 'Wudū' is not required from him.'" [Abū 'Eisā] said: The Ḥadīth of Ibn 'Abbās was reported by Sa'eed bin Abī 'Arūbah from Qatādah from Ibn 'Abbās, as his saying, and he did not mention Abū Al-'Āliyah in it, and he did not attribute it to the Prophet ﷺ. The scholars differ over Wudū in the case of sleep. Most of them held the view that it is not obligatory for one to perform Wudū when he slept sitting or standing, until he were to sleep reclining. This was the saying of Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, and Aḥmad. [He said:] Some of the scholars said: When a person sleeps such that his state of mind is overcome, it is obligatory for him to perform Wudū, this is the saying of Ishāq.[1] Ash-Shāfi'ī said: "Whoever slept sitting, then he had a dream, or he lost control of his posture due to the slumber of sleep, then he is required to perform Wudū."

Arabic text

٧٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ أَصْحَابُ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنَامُونَ ثُمَّ يَقُومُونَ فَيُصَلُّونَ وَلَا يَتَوَضَّئُونَ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَسَمِعْتُ صَالِحَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللهِ يَقُولُ: سَأَلْتُ عَبْدَ اللهِ بْنَ الْمُبَارَكِ عَمَّنْ نَامَ قَاعِدًا مُعْتَمِدًا، فَقَالَ: لَا وُضُوءَ عَلَيْهِ. وَقَدْ رَوَى حَدِيثَ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَوْلَهُ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ فِيهِ أَبَا الْعَالِيَةِ وَلَمْ يَرْفَعْهُ. وَاخْتَلَفَ الْعُلَمَاءُ فِي الْوُضُوءِ مِنَ النَّوْمِ، فَرَأَى أَكْثَرُهُمْ أَنْ لَا يَجِبَ عَلَيْهِ الْوُضُوءُ إِذَا نَامَ قَاعِدًا أَوْ قَائِمًا حَتَّى يَنَامَ مُضْطَجِعًا، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ وَأَحْمَدُ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: إِذَا نَامَ حَتَّى غُلِبَ عَلَى عَقْلِهِ وَجَبَ عَلَيْهِ الْوُضُوءُ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ إِسْحَاقُ. وَقَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ: مَنْ نَامَ قَاعِدًا فَرَأَى رُؤْيَا أَوْ زَالَتْ مَقْعَدَتُهُ لِوَسَنِ النَّوْمِ فَعَلَيْهِ الْوُضُوءُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] This is the safer view, and one may see that Shaikh Ibn 'Uthaimīn said something similar to this in Fatāwā Arkān Al-Islām, no. 154 (Darussalam) and in Tamām Al-Minnah, Shaikh Al-Albānī explained that any sleep breaks Wudū.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 78

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 78

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

[What Has Been Related] About Wudū' From What Has Been Altered By Fire

Hadith 79

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

79. Abū Hurairah narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "Wudū' is (required) from what fire has touched, even if it be a piece of cheese." (Hasan) He (one of the narrators) said: Ibn 'Abbās said to him, "[O Abū Hurairah!] Should we perform Wudū' for (eating) oil, should we perform Wudū' for (drinking) hot water?" He said: "Abū Hurairah said: 'O my nephew! When you hear a Hadīth from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ then do not try to make any examples for it!'" [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Umm Ḥabībah, Umm Salamah, Zaid bin Thābit, Abū Ṭalḥah, Abū Ayyūb, and Abū Mūsā. Abū 'Eisā said: Some of the people of knowledge held the view that Wudū' should be performed for what has been altered by fire. Most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, the Tābi'īn, and those after them, would not perform Wudū' for what was altered by fire.

Arabic text

٧٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْوُضُوءُ مِمَّا مَسَّتِ النَّارُ وَلَوْ مِنْ ثَوْرِ» أَقِطٍ قَالَ: فَقَالَ لَهُ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: يَا أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَتَوَضَّأُ مِنَ الدُّهْنِ؟ أَنَتَوَضَّأُ مِنَ الْحَمِيمِ؟ قَالَ: فَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: يَا ابْنَ أَخِي، إِذَا سَمِعْتَ حَدِيثًا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَا تَضْرِبْ لَهُ مَثَلًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، وَأَبِي طَلْحَةَ، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى. وَقَدْ رَأَى بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ الْوُضُوءَ مِمَّا غَيَّرَتِ النَّارُ، وَأَكْثَرُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ عَلَى تَرْكِ الْوُضُوءِ مِمَّا غَيَّرَتِ النَّارُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 79

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 79

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

[What Has Been Related] About Not Performing Wudū' For What Has Been Altered By Fire.

Hadith 80

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

80. Jābir narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went out and I went with him. He entered upon a woman from the Anṣār. She slaughtered a sheep and he ate from it, and she brought a basket with ripe dates and he ate from it. Then he performed Wudū' for Zuhr and prayed. Then he finished, so she brought him something from the remainder of the sheep. So he ate it, then prayed Asr and did not perform Wudū'." (Sahīh) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq, [Ibn 'Abbās, Abū Hurairah, Ibn Mas'ūd, Abū Rāfi', Umm Al-Hakam, 'Amr bin Umayyah, Umm 'Āmir, Suwaid bin An-Nu'mān, and Umm Salamah.] [Abū 'Eisā said:] The Hadīth of Abū Bakr on this topic is not correct, due to its chain. It was only reported by Ḥusām bin Miṣak from Ibn Sīrīn, from Ibn 'Abbās, from Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq, from the Prophet ﷺ. What is correct is that it is only from Ibn 'Abbās from the Prophet ﷺ. This is how it was reported by the Huffāz. It has also been reported via more than one route, from Ibn Sirīn, from Ibn 'Abbās from the Prophet ﷺ. It has been reported from 'Aṭā' bin Yaṣār, and 'Ikrimah, and Muḥammad bin 'Amr bin 'Aṭā', and 'Ali bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās, and from a number of people – from Ibn 'Abbās, from the Prophet ﷺ. They did not mention in it "from Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq" and this is the most correct. Abū 'Eisā said: Most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, the Tabi'īn and those after them act according to this. Like Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfī, Ahmad, and Ishāq. They hold the view that one may avoid performing Wudū' for what has been touched by fire. This is the latter of the two actions from Allāh's Messenger. It is as if this Hadīth abrogated the first Hadīth, the one about making Wudū' for what has been touched by fire.

Arabic text

٨٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ ، سَمِعَ ‌جَابِرًا، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُنْكَدِرِ ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: «خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا مَعَهُ فَدَخَلَ عَلَى امْرَأَةٍ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ» فَذَبَحَتْ لَهُ شَاةً، فَأَكَلَ، وَأَتَتْهُ بِقِنَاعٍ مِنْ رُطَبٍ فَأَكَلَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ تَوَضَّأَ لِلظُّهْرِ وَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ، فَأَتَتْهُ بِعُلَالَةٍ مِنْ عُلَالَةِ الشَّاةِ، فَأَكَلَ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى الْعَصْرَ وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ. وَلَا يَصِحُّ حَدِيثُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ فِي هَذَا مِنْ قِبَلِ إِسْنَادِهِ، إِنَّمَا رَوَاهُ حُسَامُ بْنُ مِصَكٍّ، عَنِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالصَّحِيحُ إِنَّمَا هُوَ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، هَكَذَا رَوَى الْحُفَّاظُ، وَرُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَرَوَاهُ عَطَاءُ بْنُ يَسَارٍ، وَعِكْرِمَةُ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرُوا فِيهِ: عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَأَبِي رَافِعٍ، وَأُمِّ الْحَكَمِ، وَعَمْرِو بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، وَأُمِّ عَامِرٍ، وَسُوَيْدِ بْنِ النُّعْمَانِ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ، مِثْلِ: سُفْيَانَ، وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيِّ، وَأَحْمَدَ، وَإِسْحَاقَ، رَأَوْا تَرْكَ الْوُضُوءِ مِمَّا مَسَّتِ النَّارُ. وَهَذَا آخِرُ الْأَمْرَيْنِ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَكَأَنَّ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ نَاسِخٌ لِلْحَدِيثِ الْأَوَّلِ؛ حَدِيثِ الْوُضُوءِ مِمَّا مَسَّتِ النَّارُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 80

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 80

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

[What Has Been Related About] Wudū' From Camel Meat

Hadith 81

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

81. Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was asked about performing Wudū' for camel meat. He said: "Perform Wudū' for it." He was asked about Wudū' after eating goat meat. So he said: "Do not perform Wudū' for it." (Sahīh) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Jābir bin Samurah, and Usaid bin Ḥuṣair. Abū 'Eisā said: Al-Hajjāj bin Arṭāh reported this Hadīth from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdullāh, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Laila, from Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib. And this is the saying of Aḥmad and Iṣhāq. 'Ubaidah Aḏ-Ḍabbi narrated it from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdullāh Ar-Rāzī, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Laila, from Dhul-Ghurrah (Al-Juhani). And Ḥammad bin Salamah reported this Hadīth from Al-Hajjāj bin Arṭāh, but he made a mistake in it. He said (in it): "From 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Laila, from his father from Usaid bin Ḥuṣair. And what is correct is from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdullāh Ar-Rāzī from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Laila from Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib. Ishāq said: "What is most correct for this topic are two Aḥādīth from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ: The Ḥādīth of Al-Barā' and the Ḥādīth of Jābir bin Samurah." [And this is the saying of Aḥmad and Ishāq. It has been reported from some of the people of knowledge among the Tabi'īn and others, that they did not hold the view that one is to perform Wudū' for eating camel meat. And this is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī and the people of Al-Kūfah.]

Arabic text

٨١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى ، عَنِ ‌الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ قَالَ: «سُئِلَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الْوُضُوءِ مِنْ لُحُومِ الْإِبِلِ فَقَالَ: تَوَضَّئُوا مِنْهَا»، وَسُئِلَ عَنِ الْوُضُوءِ مِنْ لُحُومِ الْغَنَمِ فَقَالَ: لَا تَتَوَضَّئُوا مِنْهَا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، وَأُسَيْدِ بْنِ حُضَيْرٍ. وَقَدْ رَوَى الْحَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَرْطَاةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ أُسَيْدِ بْنِ حُضَيْرٍ، وَالصَّحِيحُ حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ. وَرَوَى عُبَيْدَةُ الضَّبِّيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ الرَّازِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ ذِي الْغُرَّةِ. وَرَوَى حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ أَرْطَاةَ فَأَخْطَأَ فِيهِ، وَقَالَ فِيهِ: عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أُسَيْدِ بْنِ حُضَيْرٍ. وَالصَّحِيحُ: عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ الرَّازِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ. قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: أَصَحُّ مَا فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثَانِ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: حَدِيثُ الْبَرَاءِ وَحَدِيثُ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 81

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 81

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

Wudū' For Touching The Penis

Hadith 82

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

82. Busrah bint Ṣafwān narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever touches his penis, then he is not to pray until he performs Wudū'" (Ṣāḥih) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Umm Ḥabībah, Abū Ayyūb, Abū Hurairah, Arwā bint Unais, 'Āishah, Jābir, Zaid bin Khālid, and 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr. Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. [He said:] Similar to this was reported by more than one from Hishām bin 'Urwah, from his father, from Busrah.

Arabic text

٨٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ‌أَبِي ، عَنْ ‌بُسْرَةَ بِنْتِ صَفْوَانَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ مَسَّ ذَكَرَهُ فَلَا يُصَلِّ حَتَّى يَتَوَضَّأَ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَرْوَى ابْنَةِ أُنَيْسٍ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. هَكَذَا رَوَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِثْلَ هَذَا عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ بُسْرَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 82

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 82

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 83

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

83. Busrah narrated a similar report (as no. 82) from the Prophet ﷺ. (Ṣaḥīḥ) This was narrated to us by Ishāq bin Manṣūr: "Abū Usamah narrated this to us."

Arabic text

٨٣ - وَرَوَى أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌مَرْوَانَ، عَنْ ‌بُسْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ، حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو أُسَامَةَ بِهَذَا (١).

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 83

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 83

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 84

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

84. Busrah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said a similar Ḥadīth. (Ḥasan) This is the saying of more than one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn. It is the saying of Al-Awzā'ī, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Ahmad and Ishāq. Muḥammad [Ibn Ismā'īl Al-Bukhārī] said: "The most correct thing on this topic is the Ḥadīth of Busrah." Abū Zur'ah said: "The Ḥadīth of Umm Ḥabībah on this topic is the most correct. It is the Hadīth of Al-'Alā' bin Al-Ĥārīth, from Makḥūl from 'Anbasah bin Abī Sufyān from Umm Ḥabībah." Muḥammad said: "Makḥūl did not hear from 'Anbasah bin Abī Sufyān. Makḥūl has reported something besides this Hadīth, from a man, from 'Anbasah." It is as if he did not think that this Hadīth is Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٨٤ - وَرَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ أَبُو الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ بُسْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عُرْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌بُسْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثُ بُسْرَةَ. وَقَالَ أَبُو زُرْعَةَ: حَدِيثُ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ صَحِيحٌ، وَهُوَ حَدِيثُ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ عَنْبَسَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ. وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: لَمْ يَسْمَعْ مَكْحُولٌ مِنْ عَنْبَسَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، وَرَوَى مَكْحُولٌ عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ عَنْبَسَةَ، غَيْرَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَكَأَنَّهُ لَمْ يَرَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ صَحِيحًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 84

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 84

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

[What Has Been Related About] Not Performing Wudū' For Touching The Penis

Hadith 85

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

85. Qais bin Ṭalq bin 'Alī – [and he is:] Al-Ḥanafī – narrated from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Is it anything other than a piece of his flesh?" Or: "part of him?" (Ṣaḥīḥ) He said: There is something on this topic from Abū Umāmah. Abū 'Eisā said: It has been reported from more than one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, and some of the Tābi'īn that they did not hold the view that Wudū' was required for touching the penis. And this is the saying of the people of Al-Kūfah and Ibn Al-Mubārak. This Hadīth is the best thing reported on this topic. And this Hadīth has been reported by Ayyūb bin 'Utbah and Muḥammad bin Jābir from Qais bin Ṭalq from his father. Some of the people of Hadīth have criticized Muḥammad bin Jābir and Ayyūb bin 'Utbah. The Ḥadīth of Mulāzim bin 'Amr from 'Abdullāh bin Badr (no. 85) is the most correct and the best.

Arabic text

٨٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُلَازِمُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ بَدْرٍ، عَنْ ‌قَيْسِ بْنِ طَلْقِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ الْحَنَفِيِّ عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَهَلْ هُوَ إِلَّا مُضْغَةٌ مِنْهُ؟ أَوْ بَضْعَةٌ مِنْهُ»؟. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَبَعْضِ التَّابِعِينَ أَنَّهُمْ لَمْ يَرَوُا الْوُضُوءَ مِنْ مَسِّ الذَّكَرِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَهْلِ الْكُوفَةِ وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ. وَهَذَا الْحَدِيثُ أَحَسَنُ شَيْءٍ رُوِيَ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ. وَقَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ أَيُّوبُ بْنُ عُتْبَةَ وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ طَلْقٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ. وَقَدْ تَكَلَّمَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ فِي مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جَابِرٍ وَأَيُّوبَ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ. وَحَدِيثُ مُلَازِمِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ بَدْرٍ أَصَحُّ وَأَحْسَنُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 85

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 85

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

[What Has Been Related About] Not Performing Wudū' For Kissing

Hadith 86

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

86. Urwah narrated from 'Aishah that: "The Prophet ﷺ kissed one of his wives, then he went to the prayer and did not perform Wudū'." He ('Urwah) said: "I said, 'Who was it except you?'" [He said:] "So she laughed." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: Similar to this has been reported by more than one of the people of knowledge from the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn. And it is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī and the people of Al-Kūfah. They say kissing does not invalidate Wudū'. Mālik bin Anas, Al-Awzā'ī, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad, and Ishāq said that kissing invalidate Wudū'. And this is the saying of more than one [of the people of knowledge] among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn. Our companions only avoid using the Hadīth that 'Āishah reported from the Prophet ﷺ about this because they did not consider it correct, due to the condition of the chain. He said: I heard Abū Bakr Al-ʿAṭṭār Al-Baṣrī mentioning that 'Alī bin Al-Madīnī said: "Yāhya bin Saʿeed Al-Qaṭṭān graded this Hadīth [very] weak." And he said: "It is more like nothing." He said: I heard Muḥammad bin Ismāʿīl grading this Hadīth weak, and he said, "Ḥabīb bin Abū Thābit (a narrator no. 86) did not hear from 'Urwah." It has been reported from Ibrāhīm At-Taymī from 'Āishah that: "The Prophet ﷺ kissed her and did not perform Wudū." And this is not correct either, and we do not know that Ibrāhīm At-Taymī heard from 'Āishah. Nothing is correct on this topic from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

٨٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، ‌وَهَنَّادٌ، ‌وَأَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، ‌وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، ‌وَمَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، ‌وَأَبُو عَمَّارٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ ‌عُرْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَبَّلَ بَعْضَ نِسَائِهِ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ» قَالَ: قُلْتُ: مَنْ هِيَ إِلَّا أَنْتِ؟ فَضَحِكَتْ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ نَحْوُ هَذَا عَنْ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، وَأَهْلِ الْكُوفَةِ قَالُوا: لَيْسَ فِي الْقُبْلَةِ وُضُوءٌ. وَقَالَ مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ وَالْأَوْزَاعِيُّ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ: فِي الْقُبْلَةِ وُضُوءٌ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ. وَإِنَّمَا تَرَكَ أَصْحَابُنَا حَدِيثَ عَائِشَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا؛ لِأَنَّهُ لَا يَصِحُّ عِنْدَهُمْ، لِحَالِ الْإِسْنَادِ. وَسَمِعْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ الْعَطَّارَ الْبَصْرِيَّ يَذْكُرُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ الْمَدِينِيِّ قَالَ: ضَعَّفَ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، وَقَالَ: هُوَ شِبْهُ لَا شَيْءَ. وَسَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ يُضَعِّفُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، وَقَالَ: حَبِيبُ بْنُ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، لَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنْ عُرْوَةَ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَبَّلَهَا وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ. وَهَذَا لَا يَصِحُّ أَيْضًا، وَلَا نَعْرِفُ لِإِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ سَمَاعًا مِنْ عَائِشَةَ. وَلَيْسَ يَصِحُّ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ شَيْءٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 86

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 86

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

[What Has Been Related About] Wudū' For Vomit And Nosebleeds

Hadith 87

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

87. Ma'dān bin Abī Ṭalhah narrated from Abū Ad-Dardā' that: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ vomited [so he broke fast] so he performed Wudū'." So I met Thawbān in a Masjid in Damascus, and I mentioned that to him. He said: "He told the truth, I poured the water for his Wudū'." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] Ishaq bin Mansūr said: "Ma'dān bin Ṭalhah." Abū 'Eisā said: And Ibn Abī Ṭalhah is more correct. [Abū 'Eisā said:] A number of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and others among the Tābi'īn held the view that one should perform Wudū' for vomit and for nosebleeds. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Aḥmad, and Ishaq. Some of the people of knowledge said that there is no Wudū' for vomit and nosebleeds. This is the saying of Mālik and Ash-Shāfi'ī. And Ḥusain (one of the narrators) has done very well in narrating this Hadīth. The Hadīth of Ḥusain is the most correct thing on this topic. Ma'mar reported this Hadīth from Yaḥya bin Abī Kathīr, making a mistake in it, he said: "From Ya'ish bin Walīd from Khālid bin Ma'dān from Abū Ad-Dardā'." And he did not mention Al-Awzā'ī in it. And he said: "From Khālid bin Ma'dān" but he is Ma'dān bin Abū Ṭalḥah.

Arabic text

٨٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو عُبَيْدَةَ بْنُ أَبِي السَّفَرِ، ‌وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ أَبُو عُبَيْدَةَ: حَدَّثَنَا، وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌أَبِي ، عَنْ ‌حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌يَعِيشَ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ الْمَخْزُومِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْدَانَ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَاءَ فَتَوَضَّأَ» فَلَقِيتُ ‌ثَوْبَانَ فِي مَسْجِدِ دِمَشْقَ فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: صَدَقَ، أَنَا صَبَبْتُ لَهُ وَضُوءَهُ. وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ: مَعْدَانُ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ، وَابْنُ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ أَصَحُّ. وَقَدْ رَأَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَغَيْرِهِمْ مِنَ التَّابِعِينَ - الْوُضُوءَ مِنَ الْقَيْءِ وَالرُّعَافِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ وَأَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: لَيْسَ فِي الْقَيْءِ وَالرُّعَافِ وُضُوءٌ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ مَالِكٍ وَالشَّافِعِيِّ. وَقَدْ جَوَّدَ حُسَيْنٌ الْمُعَلِّمُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، وَحَدِيثُ حُسَيْنٍ أَصَحُّ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ. وَرَوَى مَعْمَرٌ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ فَأَخْطَأَ فِيهِ فَقَالَ: عَنْ يَعِيشَ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَعْدَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ فِيهِ الْأَوْزَاعِيَّ، وَقَالَ: عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَعْدَانَ، وَإِنَّمَا هُوَ مَعْدَانُ بْنُ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 87

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 87

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

[What Has Been Related About] Wuḍū' With Nabīdh[1]

Hadith 88

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

88. 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ asked me: "What is in your Idāwah (water skin)?" I said: "Nabīdh." He said: "Dates are wholesome and water is pure." He said: "So he performed Wuḍū' with it." (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth was only reported from Abū Zaid, from 'Abdullāh, from the Prophet ﷺ. Abū Zaid is a man who is unknown according to the people of Hadīth, we do not know of him narrating other than this Hadīth. Some of the people of knowledge held the view that Wuḍū' was valid with Nabīdh, among them was Sufyān [Ath-Thawrī] and others. Some of the people of knowledge said: One may not use Nabīdh for Wudū. This is the saying of Ash-Shāfi‘ī, Ahmad and Ishāq. Ishāq said: If a person is stricken with this (problem), performing Wudū with Nabīdh, and (performing) Tayammum (together) is preferred to me.” Abū ‘Eisā said: The view of those who say that Wudū is not to be performed with Nabīdh, is closer to (what is in) the Book, and more appropriate, because Allāh, Most High said: “So if you do not find water then perform Tayammum with pure earth.”[1]

Arabic text

٨٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي فَزَارَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: «سَأَلَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: مَا فِي إِدَاوَتِكَ»؟ فَقُلْتُ: نَبِيذٌ، فَقَالَ: تَمْرَةٌ طَيِّبَةٌ وَمَاءٌ طَهُورٌ قَالَ: فَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْهُ. وَإِنَّمَا رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ أَبِي زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبُو زَيْدٍ رَجُلٌ مَجْهُولٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ، لَا تُعْرَفُ لَهُ رِوَايَةٌ غَيْرُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ. وَقَدْ رَأَى بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ الْوُضُوءَ بِالنَّبِيذِ، مِنْهُمْ: سُفْيَانُ وَغَيْرُهُ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: لَا يُتَوَضَّأُ بِالنَّبِيذِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَأَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ. وَقَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: إِنِ ابْتُلِيَ رَجُلٌ بِهَذَا فَتَوَضَّأَ بِالنَّبِيذِ وَتَيَمَّمَ أَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ. وَقَوْلُ مَنْ يَقُولُ: لَا يُتَوَضَّأُ بِالنَّبِيذِ أَقْرَبُ إِلَى الْكِتَابِ وَأَشْبَهُ؛ لِأَنَّ اللهَ تَعَالَى قَالَ: {فَلَمْ تَجِدُوا مَاءً فَتَيَمَّمُوا صَعِيدًا طَيِّبًا}.

Footnotes

1 [1] Nabīdh is a drink made by soaking dates, raisins, grapes, honey, or something else in water. Often it refers to the type made with dates. It could be intoxicating, or could be non-intoxicating. See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 88

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 88

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

[About] Rinsing Out The Mouth After Drinking Milk

Hadith 89

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

89. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated: “The Prophet ﷺ drank milk. Then he called for water to rinse out his mouth. Then he said: “Indeed it has fat.” [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Sahl bin Sa'd As-Sā'idī and Umm Salamah. Abū 'Eisā said: [And] this Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Some of the people of knowledge held the view that one is to wash out the mouth after drinking milk, and this is recommended according to us. Some others did not hold the view that one is to wash out the mouth after drinking milk.

Arabic text

٨٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ ‌عُقَيْلٍ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَرِبَ لَبَنًا فَدَعَا بِمَاءٍ فَمَضْمَضَ»، وَقَالَ: إِنَّ لَهُ دَسَمًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رَأَى بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ الْمَضْمَضَةَ مِنَ اللَّبَنِ، وَهَذَا عِنْدَنَا عَلَى الِاسْتِحْبَابِ، وَلَمْ يَرَ بَعْضُهُمُ الْمَضْمَضَةَ مِنَ اللَّبَنِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] An-Nisā’ 4:43.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 89

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 89

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

It Is Disliked To Return The Salām If One Does Not Have Wuḍū'

Hadith 90

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

90. Ibn 'Umar narrated: “A man greeted the Prophet ﷺ (with Salām), and he was urinating, so he did not respond to him.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. This is only disliked, according to us, when one is defecating or urinating. Some of the people of knowledge have interpreted it that way. And this is the best thing reported on this topic. [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Al-Muhājir bin Qunfudh, 'Abdullāh bin Hanẓalah, 'Alqamah bin [Al-Faghwā'], Jābir and Al-Barā'.

Arabic text

٩٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، ‌وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو أَحْمَدَ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنِ ‌الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ ، عَنْ ‌نَافِعٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ «أَنَّ رَجُلًا» سَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يَبُولُ فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيْهِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَإِنَّمَا يُكْرَهُ هَذَا عِنْدَنَا إِذَا كَانَ عَلَى الْغَائِطِ وَالْبَوْلِ، وَقَدْ فَسَّرَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ ذَلِكَ. وَهَذَا أَحَسَنُ شَيْءٍ رُوِيَ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ الْمُهَاجِرِ بْنِ قُنْفُذٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ حَنْظَلَةَ وَعَلْقَمَةَ بْنِ الْفَغْوَاءِ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَالْبَرَاءِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 90

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 90

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

What Has Been Related About The Leftover Water A Dog Has Drank From

Hadith 91

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

91. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Wash the vessel the dog has drunk from seven times: the first or the last of them with dirt. And when the cat drinks out of it, wash it once." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

٩١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَوَّارُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌أَيُّوبَ عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «يُغْسَلُ الْإِنَاءُ إِذَا وَلَغَ» فِيهِ الْكَلْبُ سَبْعَ مَرَّاتٍ، أُولَاهُنَّ أَوْ أُخْرَاهُنَّ بِالتُّرَابِ، وَإِذَا وَلَغَتْ فِيهِ الْهِرَّةُ غُسِلَ مَرَّةً. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَأَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَ هَذَا، وَلَمْ يُذْكَرْ فِيهِ: إِذَا وَلَغَتْ فِيهِ الْهِرَّةُ غُسِلَ مَرَّةً. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 91

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 91

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

What Has Been Related About The Leftover Water A Cat Has Drunk From

Hadith 92

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

92. Humaidah bint 'Ubaid bin Rifā'ah narrated: "Kabshah bint Ka'b bin Mālik – she was (married) with Ibn Abī Qatādah – narrated that Abū Qatādah visited her, [so she said:] 'So I poured water for him to use for Wudu'.' She said: 'A cat came to drink, so he lowered the container until it drank.' Kabshah said: 'So he saw me looking at it and said, "O my niece! Are you surprised at that?" So I said yes. He said: "Indeed Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: 'It is not impure, it is only one of those who roam around among you.''" (Sahih) [And some of them have reported it from Mālik: "And she was with Abū Qatādah." But what is correct is "Ibn Abī Qatādah."] He said: There are narrations on this topic from 'Aishah and Abū Hurairah. Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadith is Hasan Sahih And it is the opinion of most of the scholars among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, the Tābi'īn, and those after them, like Ash-Shāfi'i, Ahmad, and Ishāq. They did not see any harm in the leftover from a cat drinking. And this is the best thing (reported) on this topic. Mālik has done very well with this Hadīth, from Ishāq bin ‘Abdullāh bin Abī Ṭalḥah, no one has narrated it in such a complete manner as Mālik did.

Arabic text

٩٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَعْنٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ ، عَنْ ‌إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ ، عَنْ ‌حُمَيْدَةَ بِنْتِ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ رِفَاعَةَ ، عَنْ ‌كَبْشَةَ بِنْتِ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ وَكَانَتْ عِنْدَ ابْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ «أَنَّ» ‌أَبَا قَتَادَةَ دَخَلَ عَلَيْهَا، قَالَتْ: فَسَكَبْتُ لَهُ وَضُوءًا، قَالَتْ: فَجَاءَتْ هِرَّةٌ تَشْرَبُ فَأَصْغَى لَهَا الْإِنَاءَ حَتَّى شَرِبَتْ، قَالَتْ كَبْشَةُ: فَرَآنِي أَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِ! فَقَالَ: أَتَعْجَبِينَ يَا بِنْتَ أَخِي؟ فَقُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: إِنَّهَا لَيْسَتْ بِنَجَسٍ، إِنَّمَا هِيَ مِنَ الطَّوَّافِينَ عَلَيْكُمْ أَوِ الطَّوَّافَاتِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ الْعُلَمَاءِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ: مِثْلِ الشَّافِعِيِّ، وَأَحْمَدَ، وَإِسْحَاقَ: لَمْ يَرَوْا بِسُؤْرِ الْهِرَّةِ بَأْسًا. وَهَذَا أَحَسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ. وَقَدْ جَوَّدَ مَالِكٌ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، وَلَمْ يَأْتِ بِهِ أَحَدٌ أَتَمَّ مِنْ مَالِكٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 92

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 92

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

[About] Wiping Over The Two Khuff

Hadith 93

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

93. Hammām bin Al-Hārīth narrated: “Jarīr bin ‘Abdullāh urinated, then he performed Wudū, wiping over his Khuff. So he was asked, ‘You do this?’ He replied, ‘What prevents me, when I have seen Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ doing it?’ He [Ibrāhīm][1] said: “And they were impressed by the narration of Jarīr since he accepted Islam after the revelation of Sūrat Al-Mā’idah.” [This is the saying of Ibrāhīm, that is, “They were impressed.”] [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Umar, 'Alī, Ḥudhaifah, Al-Mughīrah, Bilāl, Sa'd, Abū Ayyūb, Salmān, Buraidah, 'Amr bin Umayyah, Anas, Sahl bin Sa'd, Ya'lā bin Murrah, 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit, Usāmah bin Sharīk, Abū Umāmah, Jābir, Usāmah bin Zaid, and Ibn 'Ubādah. They call him Ibn 'Imārah and Ubayy bin 'Imārah. (Sahih) Abū 'Eisā said: [And] the Hadīth of Jarīr is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth.

Arabic text

٩٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ ، عَنْ ‌هَمَّامِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: «بَالَ ‌جَرِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ ثُمَّ تَوَضَّأَ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى خُفَّيْهِ». فَقِيلَ لَهُ: أَتَفْعَلُ هَذَا؟ قَالَ: وَمَا يَمْنَعُنِي، وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُهُ. قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ: وَكَانَ يُعْجِبُهُمْ حَدِيثُ جَرِيرٍ؛ لِأَنَّ إِسْلَامَهُ كَانَ بَعْدَ نُزُولِ الْمَائِدَةِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُمَرَ، وَعَلِيٍّ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ، وَالْمُغِيرَةِ، وَبِلَالٍ، وَسَعْدٍ، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ، وَسَلْمَانَ، وَبُرَيْدَةَ، وَعَمْرِو بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَسَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَيَعْلَى بْنِ مُرَّةَ، وَعُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، وَأُسَامَةَ بْنِ شَرِيكٍ، وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَأُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَابْنِ عُبَادَةَ، وَيُقَالُ: ابْنُ عُمَارَةَ، وَأُبَيُّ بْنُ عُمَارَةَ. حَدِيثُ جَرِيرٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Who narrated it from Hammām.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 93

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 93

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 94

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

94. It has been related from Shahr bin Hawshab that he said: "I saw Jarīr bin 'Abdullāh performing Wudū', and he wiped over his Khuff. I asked him about that. He replied, 'I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performing Wudū' and he wiped over his Khuff. So I said to him, 'Before Sūrat Al-Mā'idah (was revealed) or after Al-Mā'idah?' So he replied, 'I did not accept Islam until after Al-Mā'idah.'" Qutaibah narrated this to us; (saying) Khālid bin Ziyād At-Tirmidhī narrated it to us, from Muqātīl bin Hayyān, from Shahr bin Hawshab, from Jarīr. He said: Baqiyyah related it from Ibrāhīm bin Adham from Muqātīl bin Hayyān, from Shahr bin Hawshab, from Jarīr. This Hadīth is explanatory, because some who dislike wiping over the Khuff give the interpretation that the Prophet's ﷺ wiping over the two Khuff was before the revelation of Sūrat Al-Mā'idah. But in his Hadīth, Jarīr mentions that he saw the Prophet ﷺ wiping over his Khuff after the revelation of Sūrat Al-Mā'idah. (Hasan)

Arabic text

٩٤ - وَيُرْوَى عَنْ شَهْرِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ جَرِيرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللهِ» تَوَضَّأَ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى خُفَّيْهِ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: فِي ذَلِكَ؟ فَقَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَوَضَّأَ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى خُفَّيْهِ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: أَقَبْلَ الْمَائِدَةِ أَمْ بَعْدَ الْمَائِدَةِ؟ فَقَالَ: مَا أَسْلَمْتُ إِلَّا بَعْدَ الْمَائِدَةِ حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ التِّرْمِذِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌مُقَاتِلِ بْنِ حَيَّانَ، عَنْ ‌شَهْرِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ ، عَنْ ‌جَرِيرٍ . وَرَوَى بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ أَدْهَمَ، عَنْ مُقَاتِلِ بْنِ حَيَّانَ، عَنْ شَهْرِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ، عَنْ جَرِيرٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ مُفَسَّرٌ؛ لِأَنَّ بَعْضَ مَنْ أَنْكَرَ الْمَسْحَ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ تَأَوَّلَ أَنَّ مَسْحَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ كَانَ قَبْلَ نُزُولِ الْمَائِدَةِ، وَذَكَرَ جَرِيرٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ أَنَّهُ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ بَعْدَ نُزُولِ الْمَائِدَةِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 94

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 94

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

What Has Been Related About Wiping Over The Two Khuff For The Traveler And The Resident

Hadith 95

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

95. Khuzaimah bin Thābit narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ was asked about wiping over the Khuff. So he said: "Three (days) for the traveler, and one day for the resident." (Sahih) [It has been mentioned that Yahya bin Ma'in graded the Hadīth of Khuzaimah bin Thâbit about wiping as Ṣaḥīḥ.] Abū ‘Abdullāh Al-Jadālī’s name is ‘Abd bin ‘Abd. [And they call him ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin ‘Abd.] Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. There are narrations on this topic from ‘Ali, Abū Bakarah, Abū Hurairah, Ṣafwān bin ‘Assāl, ‘Awf bin Mālik, Ibn ‘Umar, and Jarīr.

Arabic text

٩٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو عَوَانَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي عَبْدِ اللهِ الْجَدَلِيِّ، عَنْ ‌خُزَيْمَةَ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ «سُئِلَ عَنِ الْمَسْحِ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ فَقَالَ: لِلْمُسَافِرِ ثَلَاثَةٌ وَلِلْمُقِيمِ يَوْمٌ». وَذُكِرَ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ مَعِينٍ أَنَّهُ صَحَّحَ حَدِيثَ خُزَيْمَةَ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ فِي الْمَسْحِ. وَأَبُو عَبْدِ اللهِ الْجَدَلِيُّ اسْمُهُ عَبْدُ بْنُ عَبْدٍ، وَيُقَالُ: عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَبْدٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَأَبِي بَكْرَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَصَفْوَانَ بْنِ عَسَّالٍ، وَعَوْفِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَجَرِيرٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 95

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 95

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 96

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

96. Ṣafwān bin ‘Assāl narrated: “When we were traveling, Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ would order us not to remove our Khuff for three days and nights, except for Janābah, but (not) for defecating, urinating, and sleep.” (Ḥasan) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Al-Ḥakam bin ‘Utaibah and Hammād reported it from Ibrāhīm An-Nakha’ī, from Abū ‘Abdullāh Al-Jadālī, from Khuzaimah bin Thâbit, but this is not correct. ‘Ali bin Al-Madīnī said: “Yaḥya [bin Sa‘eed] said: ‘Shu‘bah said: Ibrāhīm An-Nakha’ī did not hear the Hadīth on wiping from Abū ‘Abdullāh Al-Jadālī.” Zā’idah said that Maṣṣūr said: We

Arabic text

٩٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمِ بْنِ أَبِي النَّجُودِ ، عَنْ ‌زِرِّ بْنِ حُبَيْشٍ، عَنْ ‌صَفْوَانَ بْنِ عَسَّالٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ يَأْمُرُنَا إِذَا كُنَّا سَفْرًا أَنْ لَا نَنْزِعَ خِفَافَنَا ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ وَلَيَالِيَهُنَّ» إِلَّا مِنْ جَنَابَةٍ، وَلَكِنْ مِنْ غَائِطٍ وَبَوْلٍ وَنَوْمٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رَوَى الْحَكَمُ بْنُ عُتَيْبَةَ وَحَمَّادٌ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ النَّخَعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللهِ الْجَدَلِيِّ، عَنْ خُزَيْمَةَ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، وَلَا يَصِحُّ. قَالَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمَدِينِيِّ: قَالَ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ: قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: لَمْ يَسْمَعْ إِبْرَاهِيمُ النَّخَعِيُّ مِنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللهِ الْجَدَلِيِّ حَدِيثَ الْمَسْحِ. وَقَالَ زَائِدَةُ عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ: كُنَّا فِي حُجْرَةِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ وَمَعَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ النَّخَعِيُّ، فَحَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ التَّيْمِيُّ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللهِ الْجَدَلِيِّ، عَنْ خُزَيْمَةَ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْمَسْحِ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ حَدِيثُ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ عَسَّالٍ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الْعُلَمَاءِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ مِنَ الْفُقَهَاءِ، مِثْلِ: سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيِّ، وَأَحْمَدَ، وَإِسْحَاقَ، قَالُوا: يَمْسَحُ الْمُقِيمُ يَوْمًا وَلَيْلَةً وَالْمُسَافِرُ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ وَلَيَالِيهِنَّ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: أَنَّهُمْ لَمْ يُوَقِّتُوا فِي الْمَسْحِ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ مَالِكِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، وَالتَّوْقِيتُ أَصَحُّ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ عَسَّالٍ أَيْضًا مِنْ غَيْرِ حَدِيثِ عَاصِمٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 96

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 96

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

[What Has Been Related] About Wiping Over The Khuff: The Top Of It And The Bottom Of It

Hadith 97

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

97. Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ wiped over the Khuff and its bottom." (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: This is the opinion of more than one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, the Tābi'īn, [and those after them among the Fuqahā',] and it is the opinion of Mālik, Ash-Shāfi'ī and Ishāq. This Hadīth is defective, Its chain has not been traced uninterrupted from Thawr bin Yazid upto the Prophet, except by Al-Walīd bin Muslim. [Abū 'Eisā said:] I asked Abū Zur'ah and Muḥammad [bin Ismā'īl] about this Hadīth. They both said that it is not Ṣaḥīḥ because Ibn Al-Mubārak reported this from Thawr from Rajā' [bin Haywah] who said: "It was narrated to me from the scribe of Al-Mughīrah," in Mursal form, from the Prophet ﷺ, and he did not mention Al-Mughīrah in it.

Arabic text

٩٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ‌ثَوْرُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ ، عَنْ ‌رَجَاءِ بْنِ حَيْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌كَاتِبِ الْمُغِيرَةِ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ أَعْلَى الْخُفِّ وَأَسْفَلَهُ». وَهَذَا قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ مَالِكٌ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَإِسْحَاقُ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ مَعْلُولٌ لَمْ يُسْنِدْهُ عَنْ ثَوْرِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ غَيْرُ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ. وَسَأَلْتُ أَبَا زُرْعَةَ وَمُحَمَّدَا عَنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ؟ فَقَالَا: لَيْسَ بِصَحِيحٍ؛ لِأَنَّ ابْنَ الْمُبَارَكِ رَوَى هَذَا عَنْ ثَوْرٍ، عَنْ رَجَاءٍ، قَالَ: حُدِّثْتُ عَنْ كَاتِبِ الْمُغِيرَةِ، مُرْسَلٌ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَلَمْ يُذْكَرْ فِيهِ الْمُغِيرَةُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 97

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 97

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

[What Has Been Related] About Wiping Over The Khuff, Their Tops

Hadith 98

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

98. Al-Mughīrah bin Shu‘bah narrated: “I saw the Prophet صلوات الله عليه وسلم wiping over the Khuff: on the tops of them.” (Hasan) Abū ‘Eisā said: The Hadīth of Al-Mughīrah is a Hasan Hadīth. It is a narration of ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Az-Zinād from his father, from ‘Urwah, from Al-Mughīrah. And we do not know of anyone who mentioned, from ‘Urwah, from Al-Mughīrah: “on the tops of them” other than him. This is the opinion of more than one of the people of knowledge and it is the view of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī and Aḥmad. Muḥammad said: “And Mālik [bin Anas] indicated something about (the weakness of ) ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Az-Zinād.”

Arabic text

٩٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَمْسَحُ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ عَلَى ظَاهِرِهِمَا». حَدِيثُ الْمُغِيرَةِ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ وَهُوَ حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ، وَلَا نَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا يَذْكُرُ عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ عَلَى ظَاهِرِهِمَا غَيْرَهُ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: وَكَانَ مَالِكٌ يُشِيرُ بِعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 98

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 98

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

[What Has Been Related] About Wiping Over The Socks And The Sandals

Hadith 99

DarussalamḌā'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

99. Al-Mughīrah bin Shu‘bah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū and wiped over his socks and sandals." (Ḍā'if) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. It is the opinion of more than one of the people of knowledge. It is the view of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad and Ishaq. They say that one may wipe over the socks even if they are not soled, when they are thick. [He said:] There is also a narration on this topic from Abū Mūsā. [Abū 'Eisā said: I heard Ṣāliḥ bin Muḥammad At-Tirmidhī say: "I heard Abū Muqātil As-Samarqandī say: 'I entered upon Abū Ḥanīfah during the illness that he died from. He called for water to perform Wudū' with while wearing socks. So he wiped over them, then he said: "Today I do something that I did not do (before); I wipe over socks while they are not soled."']

Arabic text

٩٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ ‌وَمَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قَيْسٍ ، عَنْ ‌هُزَيْلِ بْنِ شُرَحْبِيلَ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ قَالَ: «تَوَضَّأَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى الْجَوْرَبَيْنِ وَالنَّعْلَيْنِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ. وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ، قَالُوا: يَمْسَحُ عَلَى الْجَوْرَبَيْنِ وَإِنْ لَمْ تَكُنْ نَعْلَيْنِ، إِذَا كَانَا ثَخِينَيْنِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 99

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 99

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

What Has Been Related About Wiping Over The Imāmah[1]

Hadith 100

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

100. Ibn Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah narrated from his father: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū' and wiped over the Khuff and Imāmah." Bakr (one of the narrators) said: "And I indeed heard it from Ibn Al-Mughīrah." (Sahih) He said: When narrating this Hadīth in another place, Muḥammad bin Bash-shār mentioned: "He wiped over his forehead and his Imāmah." This Hadīth has been reported by more than one person from Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah, some of them mentioning in it: "He wiped over the forehead and Imāmah" while some of them did not mention "the forehead." And I heard Aḥmad bin Al-Ḥasan saying: "I heard Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal saying: 'I have not seen anyone similar to Yaḥya bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān (a narrator of this Hadīth) with my eyes.'" [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Amr bin Umayyah, Salmān, Thawbān, and Abū Umāmah. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah is a Ḥasan Saḥīḥ Hadīth. This is the opinion of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, among them: Abū Bakr, 'Umar, and Anas. It is also the saying of Al-Awzā'ī, Aḥmad, and Ishāq. They say that one may wipe over the Imāmah. [More than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions and the Tābi'īn said that one does not wipe over the Imāmah, unless he wipes his head along with the Imāmah. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Mālik bin Anas, Ibn Al-Mubārak, and Ash-Shāfi'ī]. [Abū 'Eisā said:] I heard Al-Jārūd bin Mu'ādḥ saying: "I heard Waki' bin Al-Jarrāḥ saying: 'If he wipes over the Imāmah, it is acceptable due to the narration.'"

Arabic text

١٠٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ ، عَنْ ‌سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ ‌بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْمُزَنِيِّ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «تَوَضَّأَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَسَحَ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ وَالْعِمَامَةِ». قَالَ بَكْرٌ: وَقَدْ سَمِعْتُهُ مِنَ ابْنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ. وَذَكَرَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ فِي مَوْضِعٍ آخَرَ أَنَّهُ مَسَحَ عَلَى نَاصِيَتِهِ وَعِمَامَتِهِ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ. وَذَكَرَ بَعْضُهُمُ الْمَسْحَ عَلَى النَّاصِيَةِ وَالْعِمَامَةِ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ بَعْضُهُمُ النَّاصِيَةَ. سَمِعْتُ أَحْمَدَ بْنَ الْحَسَنِ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَلٍ يَقُولُ: مَا رَأَيْتُ بِعَيْنِي مِثْلَ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ أُمَيَّةِ وَسَلْمَانَ وَثَوْبَانَ وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ. حَدِيثُ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهُمْ: أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ، وَأَنَسٌ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ، وَإِسْحَاقُ، قَالُوا: يَمْسَحُ عَلَى الْعِمَامَةِ. وَقَالَ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ: لَا يَمْسَحُ عَلَى الْعِمَامَةِ إِلَّا أَنْ يَمْسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ مَعَ الْعِمَامَةِ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ وَمَالِكِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ وَالشَّافِعِيِّ. وَسَمِعْتُ الْجَارُودَ بْنَ مُعَاذٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ وَكِيعَ بْنَ الْجَرَّاحِ يَقُولُ: إِنْ مَسَحَ عَلَى الْعِمَامَةِ يُجْزِئُهُ لِلْأَثَرِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] The turban or head-dress.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 100

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 100

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 101

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

101. Bilāl narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ wiped over the Khuff and the Khimār."[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٠١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَكَمِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى ، عَنْ ‌كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ ، عَنْ ‌بِلَالٍ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ وَالْخِمَارِ».

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 101

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 101

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 102

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

102. Abū 'Ubaidah bin Muhammad bin 'Ammār bin Yāsir said: "I asked Jābir bin 'Abdullāh about wiping over the Khuff. He said, 'O my nephew! It is the Sunnah.” [He said:] “And I asked him about wiping over the Imāmah. He said, ‘[Wipe] the hair [with water].’” (Hasan)

Arabic text

١٠٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ عَنْ ‌أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، قَالَ: «سَأَلْتُ ‌جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ الْمَسْحِ عَلَى الْخُفَّيْنِ فَقَالَ: السُّنَّةُ يَا ابْنَ أَخِي،» وَسَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ الْمَسْحِ عَلَى الْعِمَامَةِ، فَقَالَ: أَمِسَّ الشَّعَرَ الْمَاءَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] The head-dress.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 102

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 102

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

What Has Been Related About Ghusl For Janābah

Hadith 103

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

103. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated that his maternal aunt Maimūnah said: “I prepared some water for the Prophet ﷺ to perform Ghusl for Janābah with. So he turned the vessel with his left hand, (pouring some water) over his right. Then he washed his hands. Then he entered his hand into the vessel to pour water over his private area, then he rubbed his hands on the wall, or the ground. Then he rinsed out his mouth and washed his nose by putting water in and blowing it out, and washed his face and forearms. Then he poured water over his head three times, then he poured water over the remainder of his body, then he moved from where he was and washed his feet.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. There are narrations on this topic from Umm Salamah, Jābir, Abū Sa'eed, Jubair bin Muṭ'im, and Abū Hurairah.

Arabic text

١٠٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمِ بْنِ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ ، عَنْ ‌كُرَيْبٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ ، عَنْ خَالَتِهِ ‌مَيْمُونَةَ قَالَتْ: «وَضَعْتُ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ غُسْلًا» فَاغْتَسَلَ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ، فَأَكْفَأَ الْإِنَاءَ بِشِمَالِهِ عَلَى يَمِينِهِ، فَغَسَلَ كَفَّيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَدْخَلَ يَدَهُ فِي الْإِنَاءِ فَأَفَاضَ عَلَى فَرْجِهِ، ثُمَّ دَلَكَ بِيَدِهِ الْحَائِطَ أَوِ الْأَرْضَ، ثُمَّ مَضْمَضَ وَاسْتَنْشَقَ وَغَسَلَ وَجْهَهُ وَذِرَاعَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَفَاضَ عَلَى رَأْسِهِ ثَلَاثًا، ثُمَّ أَفَاضَ عَلَى سَائِرِ جَسَدِهِ، ثُمَّ تَنَحَّى فَغَسَلَ رِجْلَيْهِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ وَجَابِرٍ وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ وَجُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 103

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 103

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 104

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

104. Āishah narrated: "When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ wanted to perform Ghusl for Janābah, he would begin by washing his hands before putting them into the vessel. Then he would wash his private area, and perform the Wudū' (as one does) for Ṣalāt. Then he would wet his hair with the water, then he would pour water over his head (with his hands) three times." (Sahīh) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣahīh. This is the view that the people of knowledge have chosen for Ghusl from Janābah. One is to perform the Wudū' for Ṣalāt, then pour water over his head three times, then pour water over the rest of his body, then wash his feet. The people of knowledge act according to this. They say: If the Junub person submerges himself in water and does not perform Wudū' it is acceptable. And this is the saying of Ash-Shāfi'i, Ahmad and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١٠٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَغْتَسِلَ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ بَدَأَ فَغَسَلَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُدْخِلَهُمَا الْإِنَاءَ،» ثُمَّ غَسَلَ فَرْجَهُ، وَيَتَوَضَّأُ وُضُوءَهُ لِلصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ يُشْرِبُ شَعَرَهُ الْمَاءَ، ثُمَّ يَحْثِي عَلَى رَأْسِهِ ثَلَاثَ حَثَيَاتٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ الَّذِي اخْتَارَهُ أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ فِي الْغُسْلِ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ: أَنَّهُ يَتَوَضَّأُ وُضُوءَهُ لِلصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ يُفْرِغُ عَلَى رَأْسِهِ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، ثُمَّ يُفِيضُ الْمَاءَ عَلَى سَائِرِ جَسَدِهِ، ثُمَّ يَغْسِلُ قَدَمَيْهِ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، وَقَالُوا: إِنِ انْغَمَسَ الْجُنُبُ فِي الْمَاءِ وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ أَجْزَأَهُ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَأَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 104

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 104

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

Should A Woman Undo Her Hair For Ghusl?

Hadith 105

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

105. Umm Salamah narrated "I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I am a woman with tight braids on my head, should I undo it to perform Ghusl for Janābah?', He said: 'No. It is sufficient that you only pour three scoops of water (with hands held together) over your head, then pour water over the rest of your body, to be purified.'" Or he said: "then you will be purified." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. The people of knowledge act according to this Hadīth. If a woman performs Ghusl for Janābah but does not undo her hair, then that is acceptable after she pours water over her head.

Arabic text

١٠٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ‌أَيُّوبَ بْنِ مُوسَى ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: «يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنِّي امْرَأَةٌ أَشُدُّ ضَفْرَ» رَأْسِي، أَفَأَنْقُضُهُ لِغُسْلِ الْجَنَابَةِ؟ قَالَ: لَا، إِنَّمَا يَكْفِيكِ أَنْ تَحْثِي عَلَى رَأْسِكِ ثَلَاثَ حَثَيَاتٍ مِنْ مَاءٍ، ثُمَّ تُفِيضِي عَلَى سَائِرِ جَسَدِكِ الْمَاءَ فَتَطْهُرِينَ، أَوْ قَالَ: فَإِذَا أَنْتِ قَدْ تَطَهَّرْتِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: أَنَّ الْمَرْأَةَ إِذَا اغْتَسَلَتْ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ فَلَمْ تَنْقُضْ شَعَرَهَا أَنَّ ذَلِكَ يُجْزِئُهَا بَعْدَ أَنْ تُفِيضَ الْمَاءَ عَلَى رَأْسِهَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 105

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 105

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

What Has Been Related About "Under Each Hair Is Sexual Impurity."

Hadith 106

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

106. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Under every hair is sexual impurity so wash (all of) the hair and cleanse the skin." (Ḍa'if) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Alī and Anas. Abū 'Eisā said: The Ḥadīth of Al-Hārīth bin Wajīh (a narrator in this chain) is a Gharīb Ḥadīth, we do not know of it except from his narration. And he is a Shaikh, but he is not really reliable.[1] More than one of the A'immah have reported from him, but he is alone with this Ḥadīth from Mālik bin Dīnār. And they call him Al-Hārīth bin Wajīh and they also say Ibn Wajbah.

Arabic text

١٠٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحَارِثُ بْنُ وَجِيهٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكُ بْنُ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «تَحْتَ كُلِّ شَعَرَةٍ جَنَابَةٌ فَاغْسِلُوا الشَّعَرَ» وَأَنْقُوا الْبَشَرَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ وَأَنَسٍ. حَدِيثُ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ وَجِيهٍ حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِهِ، وَهُوَ شَيْخٌ لَيْسَ بِذَاكَ، وَقَدْ رَوَى عَنْهُ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الْأَئِمَّةِ، وَقَدْ تَفَرَّدَ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، وَيُقَالُ: الْحَارِثُ بْنُ وَجِيهٍ، وَيُقَالُ: ابْنُ وَجْبَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 106

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 106

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

[What Has Been Related] About Wuḍū' After Ghusl

Hadith 107

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

107. 'Aishah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ would not perform Wuḍū' after the Ghusl." (Ḍa'if) [Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ]. [Abū 'Eisā said: This is the saying of more than one of the people of knowledge, the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, and the Tābi'īn: That one does not perform Wuḍū' after the Ghusl].

Arabic text

١٠٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَسْوَدِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ لَا يَتَوَضَّأُ بَعْدَ الْغُسْلِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهَذَا قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ: أَنْ لَا يَتَوَضَّأَ بَعْدَ الْغُسْلِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] It is an indication of the weakness of the narrator so described.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 107

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 107

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

What Has Been Related: When The Two Circumcised Organs Meet, Ghusl Is Required.

Hadith 108

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

108. Āishah narrated: "When the circumcised meets the circumcised [then indeed] Ghusl is required. Myself and Allāh's Messenger did that, so we performed Ghusl." (Sahih) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, and Rāfi' bin Khadīj.

Arabic text

١٠٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُوسَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «إِذَا جَاوَزَ الْخِتَانُ» الْخِتَانَ فَقَدْ وَجَبَ الْغُسْلُ، فَعَلْتُهُ أَنَا وَرَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَاغْتَسَلْنَا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو وَرَافِعِ بْنِ خَدِيجٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 108

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 108

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 109

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

109. Āishah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When the circumcised meets the circumcised then Ghusl is required." (Sahih) Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadith of Āishah is a Hasan Sahih Hadith. He said: This Hadith from Āishah, from the Prophet ﷺ: "When the circumcised meets the circumcised [then indeed] Ghusl is required" has been related via more than one route. It is the saying of most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ. Among them: Abū Bakr, 'Umar, ‘Uthmān, ‘Ali, ‘Aishah – and the Fuqahā’ among the Tābi‘īn and those after them, like: Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ash-Shāfi‘ī, Aḥmad, and Iṣhāq. They say: When the two circumcised organs meet, Ghusl is required.

Arabic text

١٠٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا جَاوَزَ الْخِتَانُ» الْخِتَانَ وَجَبَ الْغُسْلُ. حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ: إِذَا جَاوَزَ الْخِتَانُ الْخِتَانَ وَجَبَ الْغُسْلُ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مِنْهُمْ: أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ، وَعُثْمَانُ، وَعَلِيٌّ، وَعَائِشَةُ، وَالْفُقَهَاءِ مِنَ التَّابِعِينَ، وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ، مِثْلِ: سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، وَالشَّافِعِيِّ، وَأَحْمَدَ، وَإِسْحَاقَ، قَالُوا: إِذَا الْتَقَى الْخِتَانَانِ وَجَبَ الْغُسْلُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 109

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 109

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

What Has Been Related That ‘Water Is For Water’

Hadith 110

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

110. Ubayy bin Ka‘b narrated: “Water is for water,” was only permitted in the beginning of Islam. Then it was prohibited.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١١٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يُونُسُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ ‌أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا كَانَ الْمَاءُ مِنَ الْمَاءِ رُخْصَةً فِي أَوَّلِ الْإِسْلَامِ،» ثُمَّ نُهِيَ عَنْهَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 110

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 110

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 111

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

111. Ma‘mar narrated a similar narration (as Hadīth no. 110) from Az-Zuhri, with this chain. (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. “Water is for water” was only in the beginning of Islam, then it was abrogated after that. And this has been reported from more than one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, among them: Ubayy bin Ka'b and Rāfi' bin Khadij. Most of the people of knowledge act according to this. When a man has intercourse with his woman in the private part, Ghusl is required of them, even if there is no discharge.

Arabic text

١١١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ بِهَذَا الْإِسْنَادِ مِثْلَهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَإِنَّمَا كَانَ الْمَاءُ مِنَ الْمَاءِ فِي أَوَّلِ الْإِسْلَامِ، ثُمَّ نُسِخَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ. وَهَكَذَا رَوَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهُمْ: أُبَيُّ بْنُ كَعْبٍ، وَرَافِعُ بْنُ خَدِيجٍ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: عَلَى أَنَّهُ إِذَا جَامَعَ الرَّجُلُ امْرَأَتَهُ فِي الْفَرْجِ وَجَبَ عَلَيْهِمَا الْغُسْلُ، وَإِنْ لَمْ يُنْزِلَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 111

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 111

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 112

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albani(حديث ابن عباس) صحيح دون قوله "فى الاحتلام" وهو ضعيف الإسناد موقوف، (حديث أبي سعيد) صحيح (حديث أبي سعيد) ، ابن ماجة (٦٠٦ - ٦٠٧)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

112. Ibn 'Abbas said: "Water is for water' is only about the wet dream." (Da'iJ) AbU 'EIsa said: I heard Al-JãrUd saying: "I heard WakI' saying, 'We do not find this Hadith except with Shank." Abu 'EIsa said: There are narrations on this topic from 'Uthmän bin 'Affan, 'All bin AbU Talib, Az-Zubair, Talhah, AbU AyyUb, and AbU Sa'eed, from the Prophet that he said: "Water is for water." AbU 'EIsa said: And AN Al-Jah- hãf's name is Dawud bin AN 'Awf. And it has been reported from Sufyan Ath-ThawrI, (he said): "AbU Al-Jahhaf narrated to us, and he was an acceptable narrator." ] Jl, [AS/\: .JL

Arabic text

١١٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الْجَحَّافِ ، عَنْ ‌عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا الْمَاءُ مِنَ الْمَاءِ فِي الِاحْتِلَامِ». سَمِعْتُ الْجَارُودَ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ وَكِيعًا يَقُولُ: لَمْ نَجِدْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ إِلَّا عِنْدَ شَرِيكٍ. وَأَبُو الْجَحَّافِ اسْمُهُ: دَاوُدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَوْفٍ. وَيُرْوَى عَنْ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْجَحَّافِ وَكَانَ مَرْضِيًّا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ، وَعَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، وَالزُّبَيْرِ، وَطَلْحَةَ، وَأَبِي أَيُّوبَ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: الْمَاءُ مِنَ الْمَاءِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 112

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 112

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

[What Has Been Related] About One Who Awakens To Find Wetness, But He Does Not Recall Having A Wet Dream

Hadith 113

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

113. Āishah narrated: “The Prophet ﷺ was asked about a man who finds wetness and he does not remember having a wet dream. So he said: ‘He is to perform Ghusl.’ And (he was asked) about a man who had a wet dream but does not find any wetness, so he said: ‘No Ghusl is required of him.’ Umm Salamah said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! Is the woman required to perform Ghusl if she sees that?’ He replied: ‘Yes. Indeed women are the partners of men.’” (Da’if) Abū ‘Īsā said: This Hadīth – the Hadīth of Āishah about the man who finds wetness but does not remember having a wet dream – was only reported by ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar from ‘Ubaidullāh bin ‘Umar. And ‘Abdullāh (Ibn ‘Umar) was graded weak by Yahya bin Sa’eed due to his weak memory in Hadīth. This is the saying of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi’īn: When a man awakens to see some wetness then he is to perform Ghusl. This is the saying of Sufyān [Ath-Thawrī] and Aḥmad. Some of the people of knowledge among the Tābi'īn say that Ghusl is only obligatory for him when the moisture is semen. This is the saying of Ash-Shāfi'ī and Ishāq. When he has a wet dream and does not see any wetness then Ghusl is not required of him, according to the people of knowledge in general.

Arabic text

١١٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْخَيَّاطُ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنِ ‌الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «سُئِلَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الرَّجُلِ يَجِدُ الْبَلَلَ وَلَا يَذْكُرُ احْتِلَامًا، قَالَ: يَغْتَسِلُ، وَعَنِ الرَّجُلِ يَرَى أَنَّهُ قَدِ احْتَلَمَ وَلَمْ يَجِدْ بَلَلًا؟ قَالَ: لَا غُسْلَ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَتْ أُمُّ سَلَمَةَ:» يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، هَلْ عَلَى الْمَرْأَةِ تَرَى ذَلِكَ غُسْلٌ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، إِنَّ النِّسَاءَ شَقَائِقُ الرِّجَالِ. وَإِنَّمَا رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ حَدِيثَ عَائِشَةَ فِي الرَّجُلِ يَجِدُ الْبَلَلَ وَلَا يَذْكُرُ احْتِلَامًا. وَعَبْدُ اللهِ ضَعَّفَهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ مِنْ قِبَلِ حِفْظِهِ فِي الْحَدِيثِ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ: إِذَا اسْتَيْقَظَ الرَّجُلُ فَرَأَى بِلَّةً أَنَّهُ يَغْتَسِلُ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ وَأَحْمَدَ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنَ التَّابِعِينَ: إِنَّمَا يَجِبُ عَلَيْهِ الْغُسْلُ إِذَا كَانَتِ الْبِلَّةُ بِلَّةَ نُطْفَةٍ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَإِسْحَاقَ. وَإِذَا رَأَى احْتِلَامًا وَلَمْ يَرَ بِلَّةً فَلَا غُسْلَ عَلَيْهِ عِنْدَ عَامَّةِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 113

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 113

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

What Has Been Related About Al-Manī[1] And Al-Madhi.[2]

Hadith 114

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

114. 'Ali narrated: "I asked the Prophet ﷺ about Al-Madhi. He said: "For Al-Madhi is Wudū', and for Al-Manī is Ghusl." (Da'if) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Al-Miqdād bin Al-Aswad, and Ubayy bin Ka'b. Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. There is more than one route for the report of 'Ali [bin Abī Tālib, from the Prophet ﷺ saying: "For Al-Madhi is Wudū', and for Al- [1] Sperm or semen. [2] Prostatic fluid. Manī is Ghusl." This is the saying of the people of knowledge in general among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn, [and those after them]. It is the saying of [Sufyān,] Ash-Shāfi'i, Aḥmad and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١١٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو السَّوَّاقُ الْبَلْخِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ ‌يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ. (ح) وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُسَيْنٌ الْجُعْفِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌زَائِدَةَ ، عَنْ ‌يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: «سَأَلْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الْمَذْيِ فَقَالَ: مِنَ الْمَذْيِ الْوُضُوءُ، وَمِنَ الْمَنِيِّ الْغُسْلُ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ الْمِقْدَادِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، وَأُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ: مِنَ الْمَذْيِ الْوُضُوءُ، وَمِنَ الْمَنِيِّ الْغُسْلُ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 114

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 114

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

[What Has Been Related] About Al-Madhi That Touches The Garment

Hadith 115

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

115. Sahl bin Hunaif said: "I suffered from a severe and troubling case of Al-Madhi. I was performing Ghusl often because of it. So I mentioned that to Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and asked him about it. He said: "You only need to perform Wudū for that." I said: "O Messenger of Allāh! How about when it gets on my clothes?" He said: "It is sufficeint for you to take a handful of water and sprinkle it on your garment wherever you see that it has touched it." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. We do not know of anything like this except from the Hadīth of Muhammad bin Iṣhāq about Al-Madhī. The people of knowledge differ about Al-Madhī which touches the garment. Some of them say that nothing is acceptable but washing it. This is the saying of Ash-Shāfi'i and Iṣhāq. Some of them say one may sprinkle it. Aḥmad said: "I hope that sprinkling it with water is acceptable."

Arabic text

١١٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ هُوَ ابْنُ السَّبَّاقِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌سَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أَلْقَى مِنَ الْمَذْيِ شِدَّةً وَعَنَاءً، فَكُنْتُ أُكْثِرُ مِنْهُ الْغُسْلَ، فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لِرَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَسَأَلْتُهُ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّمَا يُجْزِئُكَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ الْوُضُوءُ» فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، كَيْفَ بِمَا يُصِيبُ ثَوْبِي مِنْهُ؟ قَالَ: يَكْفِيكَ أَنْ تَأْخُذَ كَفًّا مِنْ مَاءٍ فَتَنْضَحَ بِهِ ثَوْبَكَ حَيْثُ تَرَى أَنَّهُ أَصَابَ مِنْهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ فِي الْمَذْيِ مِثْلَ هَذَا. وَقَدِ اخْتَلَفَ أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ فِي الْمَذْيِ يُصِيبُ الثَّوْبَ، فَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: لَا يُجْزِئُ إِلَّا الْغَسْلُ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الشَّافِعِيِّ وَإِسْحَاقَ، وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: يُجْزِئُهُ النَّضْحُ، وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ: أَرْجُو أَنْ يُجْزِئَهُ النَّضْحُ بِالْمَاءِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 115

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 115

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

[What Has Been Related] About Al-Manī That Touches The Garment.

Hadith 116

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

116. Hammām bin Al-Hārīth narrated: "Āishah had a guest to whom she lent a yellow wrap for him to sleep in. He had a wet dream, and was too embarrassed to send it to her while the traces of the wet dream were present on it. So he submerged it (washing it) in water, then he sent it to her. 'Āishah said, "Why did he ruin our garment? It would have been sufficeint for him to scrape it off with his fingers. Sometimes I would scrape it off of the garment of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ with my fingers." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. This is the saying of more than one [of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn and those who followed them] among the Fuqahā', like Sufyān [Ath-Thawrī, Ash-Shāfi'ī], Aḥmad, and Ishāq. They say in the case of Al-Manī that touches the garment, it is acceptable to scrape it if it is not washed. Similar to this was reported from Maṣṣūr; from Ibrāhīm, from Hammām bin Al-Ḥārith from 'Āishah, and it is similar to the narration of Al-A'mash, (a narrator in this chain). Abū Ma'shar reported this Ḥadīth from Ibrāhīm, from Al-Aswad, from 'Āishah, and the Ḥadīth of Al-A'mash is more correct.

Arabic text

١١٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ ، عَنْ ‌هَمَّامِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ قَالَ: «ضَافَ» ‌عَائِشَةَ ضَيْفٌ فَأَمَرَتْ لَهُ بِمِلْحَفَةٍ صَفْرَاءَ، فَنَامَ فِيهَا فَاحْتَلَمَ، فَاسْتَحْيَا أَنْ يُرْسِلَ بِهَا وَبِهَا أَثَرُ الِاحْتِلَامِ، فَغَمَسَهَا فِي الْمَاءِ، ثُمَّ أَرْسَلَ بِهَا، فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: لِمَ أَفْسَدَ عَلَيْنَا ثَوْبَنَا؟ إِنَّمَا كَانَ يَكْفِيهِ أَنْ يَفْرُكَهُ بِأَصَابِعِهِ، وَرُبَّمَا فَرَكْتُهُ مِنْ ثَوْبِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِأَصَابِعِي. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ مِنَ الْفُقَهَاءِ، مِثْلِ: سُفْيَانَ، وَأَحْمَدَ، وَإِسْحَاقَ، قَالُوا فِي الْمَنِيِّ يُصِيبُ الثَّوْبَ: يُجْزِئُهُ الْفَرْكُ وَإِنْ لَمْ يُغْسَلْ. وَهَكَذَا رُوِيَ عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ هَمَّامِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ مِثْلَ رِوَايَةِ الْأَعْمَشِ. وَرَوَى أَبُو مَعْشَرٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ. وَحَدِيثُ الْأَعْمَشِ أَصَحُّ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 116

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 116

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

Washing Al-Manī From The Garment

Hadith 117

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

117. Sulaimān bin Yasār narrated from 'Āishah, that she washed Manī from the garment of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. (Sāḥih) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Sāḥih. [There is something on this topic from Ibn 'Abbās]. The Ḥadīth of 'Āishah, that "she washed Manī from the garment of Allāh's Messenger does not contradict the Hadīth about scraping. Because even though scraping is acceptable, it is recommended for a man that he not leave any trace of it on his garment. Ibn 'Abbās said: "Al-Manī holds the status of mucus, so remove it even if with Idhkhīr."[1]

Arabic text

١١٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ مَيْمُونِ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ ، عَنْ ‌سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ أَنَّهَا «غَسَلَتْ مَنِيًّا مِنْ ثَوْبِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَحَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ: أَنَّهَا غَسَلَتْ مَنِيًّا مِنْ ثَوْبِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لَيْسَ بِمُخَالِفٍ لِحَدِيثِ الْفَرْكِ؛ لِأَنَّهُ وَإِنْ كَانَ الْفَرْكُ يُجْزِئُ فَقَدْ يُسْتَحَبُّ لِلرَّجُلِ أَنْ لَا يُرَى عَلَى ثَوْبِهِ أَثَرُهُ، قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: الْمَنِيُّ بِمَنْزِلَةِ الْمُخَاطِ فَأَمِطْهُ عَنْكَ وَلَوْ بِإِذْخِرَةٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 117

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 117

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

[What Has Been Related] About The Person Who Is Junub Sleeping Before Performing Ghusl

Hadith 118

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

118. 'Aishah narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would sleep while he was Junub, and without touching water (performing Ghusl)."(Da'if)

Arabic text

١١٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ ‌الْأَسْوَدِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنَامُ وَهُوَ جُنُبٌ» وَلَا يَمَسُّ مَاءً.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 118

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 118

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 119

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

119. There is a similar report (as no. 118) narrated via Abū Ishāq. (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: This (permissibility of sleeping without taking Ghusl for Junub is the opinion of Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab and others. More than one person has reported from Al-Aswad, from 'Āishah, from the Prophet ﷺ: "That he would perform Wudū' before sleeping." This is more correct than the Hadīth of Abū Ishāq from Al-Aswad.[1] This Hadīth has been reported from Abū Ishāq by Shu'bah, Ath-Thawrī and others, and it is their view that this mistake is from Abū Ishāq.[2]

Arabic text

١١٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ نَحْوَهُ. وَهَذَا قَوْلُ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ وَغَيْرِهِ. وَقَدْ رَوَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَتَوَضَّأُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَنَامَ. وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ. وَقَدْ رَوَى عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ شُعْبَةُ وَالثَّوْرِيُّ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ. وَيَرَوْنَ أَنَّ هَذَا غَلَطٌ مِنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] A plesant smelling plant which would be kept in the house and used in burials due to its fragrance. It is sometimes translated as "lemon-grass."

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 119

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 119

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

[What Has Been Related] About Wudū For The Person Who Is Junub When He Wants To Sleep

Hadith 120

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

120. 'Umar narrated that he asked the Prophet ﷺ: "Can one of us sleep while he is Junub?" So he replied: "Yes, when he performs Wudū". (Sahīh) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Ammār, 'Āishah, Jābir, Abū Sa'eed, and Umm Salamah. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Umar is the best thing on this topic and the most correct. And this is the saying of more than one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn. It is the view of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Ahmad, and Ishāq. They say when the Junub person wants to sleep, he is to perform Wudū' before he sleeps.

Arabic text

١٢٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌نَافِعٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌عُمَرَ «أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَيَنَامُ أَحَدُنَا وَهُوَ جُنُبٌ»؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَمَّارٍ وَعَائِشَةَ وَجَابِرٍ وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ. حَدِيثُ عُمَرَ أَحْسَنُ شَيْءٍ فِي هَذَا الْبَابِ وَأَصَحُّ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ، قَالُوا: إِذَا أَرَادَ الْجُنُبُ أَنْ يَنَامَ تَوَضَّأَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَنَامَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning this narration, as well as the last.

2 [2] That is, in these narrations he included "And he did not touch water" instead of "he performed Wudū".

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 120

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 120

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

What Has Been Related About Shaking Hands With The Junub Person

Hadith 121

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

121. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ met him while he was Junub. He said: "[So I slipped away from him – meaning:] I withdrew – to perform Ghusl. Then I returned, so he said: 'Where have you been?' Or: 'Where did you go?' I replied: 'I was Junub.' So he said: 'Indeed the believer is not defiled.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) He said: There are narrations on this topic from Ḥudhaifah, [and Ibn 'Abbās]. Abū 'Eisā said: [And] the Hadīth of Abū Hurairah [that he met the Prophet ﷺ while he was Junub] is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. More than one of the people of knowledge permitted shaking the hand of the Junub person, and they did not see any harm in the sweat of the Junub or menstruating women. [And the meaning of his saying "So I withdrew" is "I went away from him."]

Arabic text

١٢١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُمَيْدٌ الطَّوِيلُ ، عَنْ ‌بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْمُزَنِيِّ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي رَافِعٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَقِيَهُ وَهُوَ جُنُبٌ»، قَالَ: فَانْبَجَسْتُ فَاغْتَسَلْتُ، ثُمَّ جِئْتُ، فَقَالَ: أَيْنَ كُنْتَ؟ أَوْ أَيْنَ ذَهَبْتَ؟ قُلْتُ: إِنِّي كُنْتُ جُنُبًا، قَالَ: إِنَّ الْمُسْلِمَ لَا يَنْجُسُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ. حَدِيثُ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رَخَّصَ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ فِي مُصَافَحَةِ الْجُنُبِ، وَلَمْ يَرَوْا بِعَرَقِ الْجُنُبِ وَالْحَائِضِ بَأْسًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 121

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 121

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

What Has Been Related About A Woman Who Sees In A Dream, Similar To What A Man Sees

Hadith 122

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

122. Umm Salamah narrated:"Umm Sulaim bint Milhān came to the Prophet ﷺ, and she said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Indeed Allāh is not embarrassed of the truth. So is it required of a woman – meaning Ghusl – when she sees in her sleep similar to what a man sees?' He replied: 'Yes. When she finds water (wetness), then she is to perform Ghusl.'" Umm Salamah said: "I said to her: 'O Umm Sulaim! You have disgraced the women!'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ It is the saying of the Fuqahā', in general: That when the woman sees something in her sleep that is similar to what a man sees, such that she has a discharge, then Ghusl is required from her. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī and Ash-Shāfi‘ī. [He said:] And there are narrations on this topic from Umm Sulaim, Khawlah, ‘Aishah and Anas.

Arabic text

١٢٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: «جَاءَتْ أُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ بِنْتُ مِلْحَانَ» إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنَّ اللهَ لَا يَسْتَحْيِي مِنَ الْحَقِّ، فَهَلْ عَلَى الْمَرْأَةِ - تَعْنِي غُسْلًا - إِذَا هِيَ رَأَتْ فِي الْمَنَامِ مِثْلَ مَا يَرَى الرَّجُلُ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، إِذَا هِيَ رَأَتِ الْمَاءَ فَلْتَغْتَسِلْ، قَالَتْ أُمُّ سَلَمَةَ: قُلْتُ لَهَا: فَضَحْتِ النِّسَاءَ يَا أُمَّ سُلَيْمٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ الْفُقَهَاءِ: أَنَّ الْمَرْأَةَ إِذَا رَأَتْ فِي الْمَنَامِ مِثْلَ مَا يَرَى الرَّجُلُ فَأَنْزَلَتْ أَنَّ عَلَيْهَا الْغُسْلَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ سُلَيْمٍ وَخَوْلَةَ وَعَائِشَةَ وَأَنَسٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 122

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 122

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

[What has Been Related] About The Man Who Seeks The Warmth Of A Woman After Performing Ghusl.

Hadith 123

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

123. ‘Aishah narrated: “Sometimes the Prophet ﷺ would perform Ghusl from Janābah then come to seek warmth from me, he would hold me and not perform Ghusl.” (Da‘if) Abū ‘Eisā said: There is no harm in the chain of this Hadīth. It is the opinion of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi‘īn: That when a man performs Ghusl, there is no harm if he tries to get warm with his woman, and if he sleeps with her before the woman performs Ghusl. This is the opinion of Sufyān Ath- Thawrī, Ash-Shāfi‘ī, Aḥmad and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١٢٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌حُرَيْثٍ ، عَنِ ‌الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنْ ‌مَسْرُوقٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «رُبَّمَا اغْتَسَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَاسْتَدْفَأَ بِي» فَضَمَمْتُهُ إِلَيَّ وَلَمْ أَغْتَسِلْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ لَيْسَ بِإِسْنَادِهِ بَأْسٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ أَنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا اغْتَسَلَ فَلَا بَأْسَ بِأَنْ يَسْتَدْفِئَ بِامْرَأَتِهِ وَيَنَامَ مَعَهَا قَبْلَ أَنْ تَغْتَسِلَ الْمَرْأَةُ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 123

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 123

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

[What has Been Related] About Tayammum For The Junub Person When He Does Not Find Water.

Hadith 124

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

124. Abū Dharr narrated that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "Pure clean earth is a purifier for the Muslim; even if he did not find water for ten years. Then if he finds water, then let him use it (for purification) on his skin. For, that is better." (Hasan) In his narration, Maḥmūd[1] said: "Pure clean earth may be used for Wudu' by the Muslim." [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr, and 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain. Abū 'Eisā said: Similar to this has been reported by more than one person from Khālid Al-Ḥadh-dhā', from Abū Qilābah, from 'Amr bin Bujdān, from Abū Dharr. This Hadīth has been reported by Ayyūb from Abū Qilābah from a man from Banū 'Āmir, from Abū Dharr, and he was not named. [He said:] This Hadīth is Hasan [Ṣaḥīḥ]. And it is the opinion of the Fuqahā' in general: That when the Junub and menstruating women do not find water, they are to perform Tayammum and pray. It has been reported from Ibn Mas'ūd, that he did not think that Tayammum was for the Junub person, even when he does not find water. It has been reported that he later changed that view, so that he said, "He performs Tayammum when he does not find water." This is the opinion of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Mālik, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١٢٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ‌وَمَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو أَحْمَدَ الزُّبَيْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ‌خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ بُجْدَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي ذَرٍّ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الصَّعِيدَ الطَّيِّبَ طَهُورُ الْمُسْلِمِ» وَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدِ الْمَاءَ عَشْرَ سِنِينَ، فَإِذَا وَجَدَ الْمَاءَ فَلْيُمِسَّهُ بَشَرَتَهُ، فَإِنَّ ذَلِكَ خَيْرٌ. وَقَالَ مَحْمُودٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: إِنَّ الصَّعِيدَ الطَّيِّبَ وَضُوءُ الْمُسْلِمِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَعِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ. وَهَكَذَا رَوَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ بُجْدَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ. وَقَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ بَنِي عَامِرٍ عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ وَلَمْ يُسَمِّهِ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ الْفُقَهَاءِ: أَنَّ الْجُنُبَ وَالْحَائِضَ إِذَا لَمْ يَجِدَا الْمَاءَ تَيَمَّمَا وَصَلَّيَا. وَيُرْوَى عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ: أَنَّهُ كَانَ لَا يَرَى التَّيَمُّمَ لِلْجُنُبِ وَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدِ الْمَاءَ، وَيُرْوَى عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ رَجَعَ عَنْ قَوْلِهِ، فَقَالَ: يَتَيَمَّمُ إِذَا لَمْ يَجِدِ الْمَاءَ. وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَمَالِكٌ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, At-Tirmidhī narrated this chain from "Muḥammad bin Bash-shār, and Maḥmūd bin Ghailān, they said..."

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 124

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 124

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

[What Has Been Related] About Al-Mustahādah.[1]

Hadith 125

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

125. 'Aishah narrated: "Fātimah bint Abī Ḥubaish came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I am a woman who suffers from persistent bleeding and I do not become clean. Shall I give up Ṣalāt?' He said: 'No. That is only a blood vessel, it is not menstruation. When your menstruation begins then leave the Ṣalāt. And when it ends, then wash the blood from you and perform Ṣalāt.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) In his narration, Abū Mu‘āwiyah[1] said: “And he said: ‘Perform Wudū’ for every prayer until that time comes.” [He said:] There is something on this topic from Umm Salamah. Abū ‘Eisā said: The Hadīth of ‘Āishah [: “Fāṭimah came”] is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. And it is the saying of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi‘in. It is the view of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Mālik, Ibn Al-Mubārak, and Ash-Shāfi‘ī: That when the days of the period end for the Mustahādah, she is to perform Wudū’ for every prayer.

Arabic text

١٢٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ ‌وَعَبْدَةُ ‌وَأَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «جَاءَتْ فَاطِمَةُ بِنْتُ أَبِي حُبَيْشٍ» إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنِّي امْرَأَةٌ أُسْتَحَاضُ فَلَا أَطْهُرُ، أَفَأَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ؟ قَالَ: لَا، إِنَّمَا ذَلِكِ عِرْقٌ وَلَيْسَتْ بِالْحَيْضَةِ، فَإِذَا أَقْبَلَتِ الْحَيْضَةُ فَدَعِي الصَّلَاةَ، وَإِذَا أَدْبَرَتْ فَاغْسِلِي عَنْكِ الدَّمَ وَصَلِّي. قَالَ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: وَقَالَ: تَوَضَّئِي لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ حَتَّى يَجِيءَ ذَلِكَ الْوَقْتُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ. حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَمَالِكٌ وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ: أَنَّ الْمُسْتَحَاضَةَ إِذَا جَاوَزَتْ أَيَّامَ أَقْرَائِهَا اغْتَسَلَتْ وَتَوَضَّأَتْ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ.

Footnotes

1 [1] The woman who has irregular bleeding.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 125

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 125

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

What Has Been Related About The Mustahādah Performing Wudū' For Every Prayer

Hadith 126

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

126. 'Adiyy bin Thābit narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ said about the Mustahādah that she should: "Leave the Ṣalāt for the days of her period which she menstruates in, then perform Ghusl, and perform Wudū' for every Ṣalāt, and observe Ṣaum and perform Ṣalāt." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

١٢٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الْيَقْظَانِ ، عَنْ ‌عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌جَدِّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَنَّهُ قَالَ فِي الْمُسْتَحَاضَةِ: تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ أَيَّامَ أَقْرَائِهَا» الَّتِي كَانَتْ تَحِيضُ فِيهَا، ثُمَّ تَغْتَسِلُ وَتَتَوَضَّأُ عِنْدَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ وَتَصُومُ وَتُصَلِّي.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 126

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 126

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 127

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

127. A similar narration as no. 120). Abū 'Eisā said: Sharik is alone in narrating this Ḥadīth from Abū Al-Yaqzān. [He said:] I asked Muḥammad (Ibn Isma'īl Al-Bukhārī) about this Ḥadīth. I said: "Adiyy bin Thābit from his father, from his grandfather; what is the name of 'Adiyy's grandfather?" But Muḥammad did not know his name. And I mentioned to Muḥammad that Yaḥya bin Ma'īn said his name is Dīnār, and he did not contradict him. Aḥmad and Ishāq said about the Mustahādah: If she performs Ghusl for every prayer that is more prudent for her, and if she performs Wudū' for each prayer, then that is acceptable from her, and if she combines between two prayers with (one) Ghusl then that is acceptable. (Da'if)

Arabic text

١٢٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ نَحْوَهُ بِمَعْنَاهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ قَدْ تَفَرَّدَ بِهِ شَرِيكٌ عَنْ أَبِي الْيَقْظَانِ، وَسَأَلْتُ مُحَمَّدًا عَنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ فَقُلْتُ: عَدِيُّ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ: جَدُّ عَدِيٍّ مَا اسْمُهُ؟ فَلَمْ يَعْرِفْ مُحَمَّدٌ اسْمَهُ، وَذَكَرْتُ لِمُحَمَّدٍ قَوْلَ يَحْيَى بْنِ مَعِينٍ: أَنَّ اسْمَهُ دِينَارٌ فَلَمْ يَعْبَأْ بِهِ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ فِي الْمُسْتَحَاضَةِ: إِنِ اغْتَسَلَتْ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ هُوَ أَحْوَطُ لَهَا، وَإِنْ تَوَضَّأَتْ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ أَجْزَأَهَا، وَإِنْ جَمَعَتْ بَيْنَ الصَّلَاتَيْنِ بِغُسْلٍ أَجْزَأَهَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 127

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 127

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

[What Has Been Related] About Al-Mustahādah That She Can Combine Two Prayers With One Ghusl.

Hadith 128

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

128. Hamnah bint Jahsh narrated: "I had a case of blood flow that was severe and excessive. So I went to the Prophet ﷺ to inform him and ask him about it. I found him in the house of my sister Zainab bint Jahsh. I said, 'O Messenger of Allāh! I suffer from a case of severe and excessive blood flow. So what do you order me to do for it, and does this prevent me from fasting and performing Ṣalāt?' He said: 'Tie a cotton rag around yourself and the blood will go away.' I said, 'It is more than that.' He said: 'Make it tight.' I said, 'It is more than that.' He said: 'Then use a cloth (to bind it).' I said, 'It is more than that. It flows too much.' So the Prophet ﷺ said: 'I will order you to do one of two things, which ever of them you do, it will be acceptable for you. You should know which of them you are able to do.' Then he said: 'This is only a blow from the Shaitān. Menstruate for six or seven days, which Allāh knows, then perform Ghusl. When you see that you have become pure and clean, then perform Ṣalāt for twenty-three or twenty-four nights and their days. Perform Ṣalāt and fast, and that will be acceptable for you. So do this (if you can) just as (other) women who menstruate and become pure during their periods of menstruation and purity. If (not, and) you are able to delay Zuhr and hasten ‘Aṣr then perform Ghusl when you have become pure, and pray Zuhr and ‘Aṣr together. Then delay Maghrib and hasten ‘Ishā, then perform Ghusl and combine the two prayers. So do this (if you are able). Then perform Ghusl with the dawn and pray. Do this, and fast if you are able to do so.’ Then Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said: ‘That is what is preferable to me of the two.’[1] (Da’if) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan [Ṣahīh]. ‘Ubaidullāh bin ‘Amr Ar-Raqqī, Ibn Juraij, and Sharik (all) related it from ‘Abdullāh bin Muḥammad bin ‘Aqīl, from Ibrāhīm bin Muḥammad bin Ṭalḥah, from his uncle ‘Imrān, from his mother Ḥamnah. But Juraij said: “‘Umar bin Ṭalḥah” and what is correct is ‘Imrān bin Ṭalḥah. [He said:] I asked Muḥammad about this Ḥadīth. He said, “It is a Ḥasan [Ṣahīh] Ḥadīth.” The same was said by Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal: “It is a Ḥasan Ṣahīh Ḥadīth.” Ahmad and Ishāq said about Al-Mustahādah: When Al-Mustahādah can distinguish her menstruation by its blood and the blood that comes at the end of it – such that its blood is black and that which comes after it changes to yellow – then she is to act according to the Hadīth of Fātimah bint Abī Ḥubaish. If in the case of Al-Mustahādah she has days she is aware of for her menstruation, then she leaves the Ṣalāt for the days of her period. Then she performs Ghusl and she performs Wudū for every Ṣalāt and she prays. If her blood were to continue, without her having normal days (of menstrual flow) and she can not recognize whether the blood is from that of menstruation or after it, then she is to act according to the Hadīth of Hamnah bint Jaṣh. [This was also said by Abū 'Ubaid] Ash-Shāfi'i said: Al-Mustahādah is the one whose blood continues without ceasing from when she first saw it. She is to leave the prayer for what is between that time and twenty-five days. When she becomes pure on the twenty-fifth day or before that, then these are the days of her menstruation. If she sees that the blood lasts for more than twenty-five days, then she prays for twenty-four days, then stops praying for the least possible period of the menstruation of (average) women, and that is a day and a night. Abū 'Eisā said: The people of knowledge differ over the least amount of time for menstruation, as well as the most it will be. Some of the people of knowledge say that the least is three days and the most is ten. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī and the people of Al-Kūfah. It was also ascribed to by Ibn Al-Mubārak, and, opposite of that has been related from him as well. Some of the people of knowledge – among them ‘Aṭā’ bin Abī Rabāḥ – say that the least for menstruation is a day and a night, and the most is twenty-five days. And this is the saying of Mālik, Al-Awzā’ī, Ash-Shāfi’ī, Aḥmad, Ishāq and Abū ‘Ubaid.

Arabic text

١٢٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو عَامِرٍ الْعَقَدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ طَلْحَةَ ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ ‌عِمْرَانَ بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ ‌حَمْنَةَ بِنْتِ جَحْشٍ، قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أُسْتَحَاضُ» حَيْضَةً كَثِيرَةً شَدِيدَةً، فَأَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَسْتَفْتِيهِ وَأُخْبِرُهُ، فَوَجَدْتُهُ فِي بَيْتِ أُخْتِي زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ جَحْشٍ فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، إِنِّي أُسْتَحَاضُ حَيْضَةً كَثِيرَةً شَدِيدَةً، فَمَا تَأْمُرُنِي فِيهَا، قَدْ مَنَعَتْنِي الصِّيَامَ وَالصَّلَاةَ؟ قَالَ: أَنْعَتُ لَكِ الْكُرْسُفَ؛ فَإِنَّهُ يُذْهِبُ الدَّمَ قَالَتْ: هُوَ أَكْثَرُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، قَالَ: فَتَلَجَّمِي، قَالَتْ: هُوَ أَكْثَرُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، قَالَ: فَاتَّخِذِي ثَوْبًا، قَالَتْ: هُوَ أَكْثَرُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، إِنَّمَا أَثُجُّ ثَجًّا، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سَآمُرُكِ بِأَمْرَيْنِ أَيَّهُمَا صَنَعْتِ أَجْزَأَ عَنْكِ، فَإِنْ قَوِيتِ عَلَيْهِمَا فَأَنْتِ أَعْلَمُ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّمَا هِيَ رَكْضَةٌ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ فَتَحَيَّضِي سِتَّةَ أَيَّامٍ أَوْ سَبْعَةَ أَيَّامٍ فِي عِلْمِ اللهِ، ثُمَّ اغْتَسِلِي، فَإِذَا رَأَيْتِ أَنَّكِ قَدْ طَهُرْتِ وَاسْتَنْقَأْتِ فَصَلِّي أَرْبَعًا وَعِشْرِينَ لَيْلَةً أَوْ ثَلَاثًا وَعِشْرِينَ لَيْلَةً وَأَيَّامَهَا، وَصُومِي وَصَلِّي، فَإِنَّ ذَلِكِ يُجْزِئُكِ، وَكَذَلِكِ فَافْعَلِي، كَمَا تَحِيضُ النِّسَاءُ وَكَمَا يَطْهُرْنَ، لِمِيقَاتِ حَيْضِهِنَّ وَطُهْرِهِنَّ، فَإِنْ قَوِيتِ عَلَى أَنْ تُؤَخِّرِي الظُّهْرَ وَتُعَجِّلِي الْعَصْرَ ثُمَّ تَغْتَسِلِينَ حِينَ تَطْهُرِينَ، وَتُصَلِّينَ الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ جَمِيعًا، ثُمَّ تُؤَخِّرِينَ الْمَغْرِبَ وَتُعَجِّلِينَ الْعِشَاءَ، ثُمَّ تَغْتَسِلِينَ، وَتَجْمَعِينَ بَيْنَ الصَّلَاتَيْنِ، فَافْعَلِي، وَتَغْتَسِلِينَ مَعَ الصُّبْحِ وَتُصَلِّينَ، وَكَذَلِكِ فَافْعَلِي، وَصُومِي إِنْ قَوِيتِ عَلَى ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: وَهُوَ أَعْجَبُ الْأَمْرَيْنِ إِلَيَّ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَرَوَاهُ عُبَيْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الرَّقِّيُّ وَابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ وَشَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ حَمْنَةَ، إِلَّا أَنَّ ابْنَ جُرَيْجٍ يَقُولُ: عُمَرُ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ، وَالصَّحِيحُ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ. وَسَأَلْتُ مُحَمَّدًا عَنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ فَقَالَ: هُوَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. وَهَكَذَا قَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: هُوَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ فِي الْمُسْتَحَاضَةِ: إِذَا كَانَتْ تَعْرِفُ حَيْضَهَا بِإِقْبَالِ الدَّمِ وَإِدْبَارِهِ، وَإِقْبَالُهُ أَنْ يَكُونَ أَسْوَدَ، وَإِدْبَارُهُ أَنْ يَتَغَيَّرَ إِلَى الصُّفْرَةِ، فَالْحُكْمُ لَهَا عَلَى حَدِيثِ فَاطِمَةَ بِنْتِ أَبِي حُبَيْشٍ، وَإِنْ كَانَتِ الْمُسْتَحَاضَةُ لَهَا أَيَّامٌ مَعْرُوفَةٌ قَبْلَ أَنْ تُسْتَحَاضَ فَإِنَّهَا تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ أَيَّامَ أَقْرَائِهَا، ثُمَّ تَغْتَسِلُ وَتَتَوَضَّأُ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ وَتُصَلِّي، وَإِذَا اسْتَمَرَّ بِهَا الدَّمُ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ لَهَا أَيَّامٌ مَعْرُوفَةٌ وَلَمْ تَعْرِفِ الْحَيْضَ بِإِقْبَالِ الدَّمِ وَإِدْبَارِهِ فَالْحُكْمُ لَهَا عَلَى حَدِيثِ حَمْنَةَ بِنْتِ جَحْشٍ. وَقَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ: الْمُسْتَحَاضَةُ إِذَا اسْتَمَرَّ بِهَا الدَّمُ فِي أَوَّلِ مَا رَأَتْ فَدَامَتْ عَلَى ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّهَا تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ مَا بَيْنَهَا وَبَيْنَ خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا، فَإِذَا طَهُرَتْ فِي خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا أَوْ قَبْلَ ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّهَا أَيَّامُ حَيْضٍ، فَإِذَا رَأَتِ الدَّمَ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا فَإِنَّهَا تَقْضِي صَلَاةَ أَرْبَعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا، ثُمَّ تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ أَقَلَّ مَا تَحِيضُ النِّسَاءُ، وَهُوَ يَوْمٌ وَلَيْلَةٌ. وَاخْتَلَفَ أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ فِي أَقَلِّ الْحَيْضِ وَأَكْثَرِهِ: فَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: أَقَلُّ الْحَيْضِ ثَلَاثَةٌ وَأَكْثَرُهُ عَشَرَةٌ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ وَأَهْلِ الْكُوفَةِ، وَبِهِ يَأْخُذُ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَرُوِيَ عَنْهُ خِلَافُ هَذَا. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْهُمْ عَطَاءُ بْنُ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ: أَقَلُّ الْحَيْضِ يَوْمٌ وَلَيْلَةٌ وَأَكْثَرُهُ خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ مَالِكٍ وَالْأَوْزَاعِيِّ وَالشَّافِعِيِّ وَأَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ وَأَبِي عُبَيْدٍ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mubārakpūrī said: “The first case is not clearly stated in this narration. That is, to perform Wudū or Ghusl for every Ṣalāt not otherwise, and ‘the one that is preferable to me is the second. And Allāh knows best.’ (Tuhfat Al-Ahwadī)

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 128

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 128

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

What Has Been Related About Al-Mustahādah That She Is To Perform Ghusl For Every Ṣalāt

Hadith 129

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

129. ‘Aishah narrated: “Umm Ḥabībah bint Jahsh sought a verdict from Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ. She said ‘I suffer from persistent bleeding such that I do not become pure. Shall I give up the Ṣalāt?’ He said: ‘No, that is only a blood vessel. So perform Ghusl then pray.’ So she would perform Ghusl for each prayer.” (Saḥīh) Qutaibah said: Al-Laith said: Ibn Shihāb (Az-Zuhri; one of the narrators) did not mention that Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ ordered Umm Ḥabībah to perform Ghusl for each prayer, but that was something that she did on her own. Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth was reported from Az-Zuhri from ‘Amrah from ‘Aishah, saying: “Umm Ḥabībah bint Jahsh sought a verdict [from Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ].” Some of the people of knowledge said that Al-Mustahādah should perform Ghusl for each prayer. And Al-Awzā‘ī has narrated it from Az-Zuhri, from ‘Urwah and ‘Amrah, from ‘Aishah.

Arabic text

١٢٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ شِهَابٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُرْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ أَنَّهَا قَالَتِ: «اسْتَفْتَتْ أُمُّ حَبِيبَةَ ابْنَةُ جَحْشٍ» رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَتْ: إِنِّي أُسْتَحَاضُ فَلَا أَطْهُرُ، أَفَأَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ؟ فَقَالَ: لَا، إِنَّمَا ذَلِكِ عِرْقٌ، فَاغْتَسِلِي ثُمَّ صَلِّي فَكَانَتْ تَغْتَسِلُ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ. قَالَ قُتَيْبَةُ: قَالَ اللَّيْثُ: لَمْ يَذْكُرِ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَ أُمَّ حَبِيبَةَ أَنْ تَغْتَسِلَ عِنْدَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ، وَلَكِنَّهُ شَيْءٌ فَعَلَتْهُ هِيَ. وَيُرْوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتِ: اسْتَفْتَتْ أُمُّ حَبِيبَةَ بِنْتُ جَحْشٍ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. وَقَدْ قَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: الْمُسْتَحَاضَةُ تَغْتَسِلُ عِنْدَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ. رَوَاهُ الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ وَعَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 129

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 129

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

What Has Been Related About The Menstruating Woman: That She Does Not Make Up The Missed Ṣalāt

Hadith 130

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

130. Mu'ādḥah narrated that a woman asked 'Aīshah: "Shouldn't one of us make up her prayers the days of her menstruation?" So she said, "Are you one of the Harūriyyah?[1] Indeed we would menstruate, and we were not ordered to make up." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ. And it has been reported from more than one route from 'Aīshah, that the menstruating woman does not make up the prayer. This is the saying of the Fuqahā' in general, there is no difference among them, the menstruating woman makes up the fasts, but she does not make up the prayers.

Arabic text

١٣٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَيُّوبَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ ‌مُعَاذَةَ «أَنَّ» امْرَأَةً سَأَلَتْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: أَتَقْضِي إِحْدَانَا صَلَاتَهَا أَيَّامَ مَحِيضِهَا؟ فَقَالَتْ: أَحَرُورِيَّةٌ أَنْتِ؟ قَدْ كَانَتْ إِحْدَانَا تَحِيضُ فَلَا تُؤْمَرُ بِقَضَاءٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ أَنَّ الْحَائِضَ لَا تَقْضِي الصَّلَاةَ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ الْفُقَهَاءِ لَا اخْتِلَافَ بَيْنَهُمْ فِي أَنَّ الْحَائِضَ تَقْضِي الصَّوْمَ وَلَا تَقْضِي الصَّلَاةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 130

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 130

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

What Has Been Related About The Junub And The Menstruating Persons That They Do Not Recite The Qur'an

Hadith 131

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

131. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The menstruating woman does not recite – nor the Junub – anything from the Qur'an." [He said:] There is narration on this topic from 'Ali ﷺ (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: We do not know of the Hadīth of Ibn 'Umar except from the narration of Ismā'il bin 'Ayyāsh, from Mūsā bin 'Uqbah, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "The menstruating woman does not recite – nor the Junub." This is the saying of most of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, the Tābi'īn, and those after them. Like Sufyān [Ath-Thawrī], Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad and Iṣhāq: They say that the menstruating and the Junub do not recite anything from the Qur'an, except for the first part of a Verse, or a word, or the like. They permit Tasbiḥ[1] and Tahlīl[2] for the Junub and the menstruating persons. He said: I heard Muḥammad bin Ismā'īl saying: "Ismā'īl bin 'Ayyāsh reported objectionable Aḥādīth from the people of Al-Hijāz and the people of Al-'Irāq." It is as if he graded him weak in the case of those narrations which he alone narrated from them. And he said: "Ismā'īl bin 'Ayyāsh only narrated from the people of Ash-Shām. Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal said: Ismā'īl bin 'Ayyāsh is better than Baqiyyah, and there are some Aḥādīth that Baqiyyah narrated from trustworthy narrators that are objectionable. Abū 'Eisā said: Aḥmad bin Al-Ḥasan narrated that to me, he said: "I heard Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal saying that."

Arabic text

١٣١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ ‌وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَرَفَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ ‌نَافِعٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «لَا تَقْرَأِ الْحَائِضُ وَلَا الْجُنُبُ» شَيْئًا مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ. حَدِيثُ ابْنِ عُمَرَ حَدِيثٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ عَيَّاشٍ عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: لَا يَقْرَأِ الْجُنُبُ وَلَا الْحَائِضُ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ مِثْلِ: سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ، وَالشَّافِعِيِّ، وَأَحْمَدَ، وَإِسْحَاقَ، قَالُوا: لَا تَقْرَأِ الْحَائِضُ وَلَا الْجُنُبُ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ شَيْئًا إِلَّا طَرَفَ الْآيَةِ وَالْحَرْفَ وَنَحْوَ ذَلِكَ، وَرَخَّصُوا لِلْجُنُبِ وَالْحَائِضِ فِي التَّسْبِيحِ وَالتَّهْلِيلِ. وَسَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ يَقُولُ: إِنَّ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنَ عَيَّاشٍ يَرْوِي عَنْ أَهْلِ الْحِجَازِ وَأَهْلِ الْعِرَاقِ أَحَادِيثَ مَنَاكِيرَ، كَأَنَّهُ ضَعَّفَ رِوَايَتَهُ عَنْهُمْ فِيمَا يَتَفَرَّدُ بِهِ، وَقَالَ: إِنَّمَا حَدِيثُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنَ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَهْلِ الشَّامِ. وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ أَصْلَحُ مِنْ بَقِيَّةَ، وَلِبَقِيَّةَ أَحَادِيثُ مَنَاكِيرُ عَنِ الثِّقَاتِ، حَدَّثَنِي بِذَلِكَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَلٍ يَقُولُ ذَلِكَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Statements glorifying Allāh.

2 [2] Declaring that none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 131

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 131

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

What Has Been Related About Fondling Menstruating Woman

Hadith 132

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

132. 'Aishah narrated that: "When I would menstruate, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ ordered me to wear a waist wrap, then he would fondle me." (Ṣaḥīḥ) He said: There are narrations on this topic from Umm Salamah and Maimunah. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Aishah is a Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. This (i.e. permissibility of fondling a menstruating woman) is the saying of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn, and it is the view of Ash-Shāfi'ī, Aḥmad and Iṣhāq.

Arabic text

١٣٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌مِنْصُورٍ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَسْوَدِ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا حِضْتُ يَأْمُرُنِي أَنْ أَتَّزِرَ»، ثُمَّ يُبَاشِرُنِي. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ وَمَيْمُونَةَ. حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ الشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 132

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 132

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

What Has Been Related About Eating With A Menstruating Woman And Leftovers

Hadith 133

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

133. 'Abdullāh bin Sa'd narrated: "I asked the Prophet ﷺ about eating with a menstruating woman. He said: "Eat with her." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Aishah and Anas. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Abdullāh bin Sa'd is a Hasan Ḡarīb Hadīth. And this is the saying of the people of knowledge in general, they did not see any harm in eating with a menstruating woman. They differ over what is leftover from her Wudu'. Some of them permitted it and some of them disliked (using) the leftover of what (water) she used for purification.

Arabic text

١٣٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبَّاسٌ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ ‌وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ ‌الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ ، عَنْ ‌حَرَامِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: «سَأَلْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ مُوَاكَلَةِ الْحَائِضِ؟ فَقَالَ: وَاكِلْهَا». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ وَأَنَسٍ. حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: لَمْ يَرَوْا بِمُوَاكَلَةِ الْحَائِضِ بَأْسًا. وَاخْتَلَفُوا فِي فَضْلِ وَضُوئِهَا: فَرَخَّصَ فِي ذَلِكَ بَعْضُهُمْ، وَكَرِهَ بَعْضُهُمْ فَضْلَ طَهُورِهَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 133

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 133

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

What Has Been Related About The Menstruating Woman Getting Something From The Masjid

Hadith 134

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

134. 'Aishah narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said to me: 'Bring me the Khumrah[1] from the Masjid.' She said: 'I said: 'I am menstruating.' He said: 'Indeed your menstruation is not in your hand.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) (He said): There are narrations on this topic from Ibn 'Umar and Abū Hurairah. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Aishah is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. This is the saying of the people of knowledge in general – we do not know of any difference between them in that – that there is no harm in a menstruating woman getting something from the Masjid.

Arabic text

١٣٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبِيدَةُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌ثَابِتِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: قَالَتْ ‌عَائِشَةُ : «قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: نَاوِلِينِي الْخُمْرَةَ» مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ، قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: إِنِّي حَائِضٌ، قَالَ: إِنَّ حَيْضَتَكِ لَيْسَتْ فِي يَدِكِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. حَدِيثُ عَائِشَةَ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، لَا نَعْلَمُ بَيْنَهُمُ اخْتِلَافًا فِي ذَلِكَ: بِأَنْ لَا بَأْسَ أَنْ تَتَنَاوَلَ الْحَائِضُ شَيْئًا مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] A type of prayer mat. See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 134

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 134

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

What Has Been Related About Dislike For Engaging In Sexual Intercourse With A Menstruating Woman

Hadith 135

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

135. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever engages in sexual intercourse with a menstruating woman, or a woman in her anus, consults a soothsayer, then he has disbelieved in what was revealed to Muḥammad ﷺ."(Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: We do not know of this Hadīth except as a narration of Hakīm Al-Athram, from Abū Tamīm Al-Hujaimi from Abū Hurairah. According to the people of knowledge, this is only meant to indicate the severity of it.[1] It has been reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever engages in sexual intercourse with a menstruating woman, then let him give a Dinār in charity." So if entering into the menstruating woman was (absolute) disbelief, he would not have ordered an expiation for it. Muḥammad graded this Hadīth weak due to its chain. And Abū Tamīmah's name is Ṭarīf bin Mujālid.

Arabic text

١٣٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ‌وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ ‌وَبَهْزُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ‌حَكِيمٍ الْأَثْرَمِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي تَمِيمَةَ الْهُجَيْمِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ أَتَى حَائِضًا» أَوِ امْرَأَةً فِي دُبُرِهَا، أَوْ كَاهِنًا فَقَدْ كَفَرَ بِمَا أُنْزِلَ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ. لَا نَعْرِفُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ حَكِيمٍ الْأَثْرَمِ، عَنْ أَبِي تَمِيمَةَ الْهُجَيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَإِنَّمَا مَعْنَى هَذَا عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ عَلَى التَّغْلِيظِ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: مَنْ أَتَى حَائِضًا فَلْيَتَصَدَّقْ بِدِينَارٍ، فَلَوْ كَانَ إِتْيَانُ الْحَائِضِ كُفْرًا لَمْ يُؤْمَرْ فِيهِ بِالْكَفَّارَةِ. وَضَعَّفَ مُحَمَّدٌ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ مِنْ قِبَلِ إِسْنَادِهِ. وَأَبُو تَمِيمَةَ الْهُجَيْمِيِّ اسْمُهُ طَرِيفُ بْنُ مُجَالِدٍ.

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, the attribution of disbelief.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 135

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 135

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

What Has Been Related About The Atonement For That

Hadith 136

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

136. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said about a man who had sexual intercourse with his wife while she is menstruating: "He should give half a Dīnār in charity." (Da'if)

Arabic text

١٣٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ ‌خُصَيْفٍ ، عَنْ ‌مِقْسَمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «فِي الرَّجُلِ يَقَعُ عَلَى امْرَأَتِهِ وَهِيَ حَائِضٌ،» قَالَ: يَتَصَدَّقُ بِنِصْفِ دِينَارٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 136

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 136

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 137

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

137. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When the blood is red then (give) a Dīnār. And when the blood is yellow then half a Dīnār." (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth about the expiation for entering into the menstruating woman has been narrated from Ibn 'Abbās both as his own statement, as well as a statement from the Prophet ﷺ. And this is the saying of some of the people of knowledge, and it is the view of Aḥmad and Ishāq. Ibn Al-Mubārak said: "He must seek forgiveness from his Lord, but there is no atonement due from him." Something similar to the statement of Ibn Al-Mubārak has been reported from some of the Tābi'īn, among them: Sa'eed bin Jubair, and Ibrāhīm [An-Nakha'ī]. And it is the view of the scholars of the lands in general.]

Arabic text

١٣٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَمْزَةَ السُّكَّرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ، عَنْ ‌مِقْسَمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ دَمًا أَحْمَرَ فَدِينَارٌ،» وَإِنْ كَانَ دَمًا أَصْفَرَ فَنِصْفُ دِينَارٍ. حَدِيثُ الْكَفَّارَةِ فِي إِتْيَانِ الْحَائِضِ قَدْ رُوِيَ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مَوْقُوفًا وَمَرْفُوعًا. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ بَعْضِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ. وَقَالَ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ: يَسْتَغْفِرُ رَبَّهُ وَلَا كَفَّارَةَ عَلَيْهِ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ مِثْلُ قَوْلِ ابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ عَنْ بَعْضِ التَّابِعِينَ مِنْهُمْ: سَعِيدُ بْنُ جُبَيْرٍ، وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ النَّخَعِيُّ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عَامَّةِ عُلَمَاءِ الْأَمْصَارِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 137

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 137

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

What Has Been Related About Washing Menstrual Blood From The Garment

Hadith 138

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

138. Asmā' bint Abū Bakr narrated that a woman asked the Prophet ﷺ about a garment that was touched by some menstrual blood. So Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "Remove it, and scrub it,[1] then rinse it and pray in it." (Sahih) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah and Umm Qais bint Mihsan. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Asmā' about washing the blood is a Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. The people of knowledge have differed over the case of blood getting on the garment when one prays in it before washing it. Some of the people of knowledge among the Tābi'īn said that when the blood is the size of a Dirham, and one does not wash it, then prays in it, then they are to repeat the prayer. Some of them said that when (the blood) is more than the size of a Dirham the prayer is repeated. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī and Ibn Al-Mubārak. Some of the people of knowledge among the Tābi'īn and others did not consider it required to repeat the prayer, even if it was larger than the size of a Dirham. This is the saying of Aḥmad and Ishāq. Ash-Shāfi'ī said that it is obligatory to wash it, even if it is less than a Dirham, and he was firm on that.

Arabic text

١٣٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ ، عَنْ ‌فَاطِمَةَ بِنْتِ الْمُنْذِرِ ، عَنْ ‌أَسْمَاءَ ابْنَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، «أَنَّ امْرَأَةً» سَأَلَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الثَّوْبِ يُصِيبُهُ الدَّمُ مِنَ الْحَيْضَةِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: حُتِّيهِ ثُمَّ اقْرُصِيهِ بِالْمَاءِ ثُمَّ رُشِّيهِ وَصَلِّي فِيهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ وَأُمِّ قَيْسٍ بِنْتِ مِحْصَنٍ. حَدِيثُ أَسْمَاءَ فِي غَسْلِ الدَّمِ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدِ اخْتَلَفَ أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ فِي الدَّمِ يَكُونُ عَلَى الثَّوْبِ فَيُصَلِّي فِيهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَغْسِلَهُ: فَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنَ التَّابِعِينَ: إِذَا كَانَ الدَّمُ مِقْدَارَ الدِّرْهَمِ فَلَمْ يَغْسِلْهُ وَصَلَّى فِيهِ أَعَادَ الصَّلَاةَ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: إِذَا كَانَ الدَّمُ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ قَدْرِ الدِّرْهَمِ أَعَادَ الصَّلَاةَ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ وَابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ. وَلَمْ يُوجِبْ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنَ التَّابِعِينَ وَغَيْرِهِمْ عَلَيْهِ الْإِعَادَةَ وَإِنْ كَانَ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ قَدْرِ الدِّرْهَمِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ. وَقَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ: يَجِبُ عَلَيْهِ الْغَسْلُ وَإِنْ كَانَ أَقَلَّ مِنْ قَدْرِ الدِّرْهَمِ، وَشَدَّدَ فِي ذَلِكَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] With water and the fingers. See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 138

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 138

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

What Has Been Related About the Extent Of The Waiting During Nifās[1]

Hadith 139

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

139. Umm Salamah narrated: “The time of waiting for Nifās during the time of Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ was forty days. We used to cover our faces with a reddish-brown Wars.”[2] (Hasan) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth [is Gharīb]; we do not know of it except as a narration of Abū Sahl, from Mussah Al-Azdiyyah, from Umm Salamah. Abū Sahl’s name is Kathīr bin Ziyād. Muḥammad bin Ismā‘īl said: “‘Alī bin ‘Abdul-A‘lā (one of the narrators) is trustworthy, and Abū Sahl is trustworthy. Muḥammad did not know this Hadīth to be from other than the narration of Abū Sahl. The people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, the Tābi‘īn, and those after them agree that the woman experiencing Nifās leaves the prayer for forty days, unless she sees that she has become pure before that, then she is to perform Ghusl and pray. If she sees blood after forty days, then most of the people of knowledge say that she does not leave the prayer after forty days. This is the opinion of most of the Fuqahā’. It is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ibn Al-Mubārak, Ash-Shāfi'ī, Ahmad and Ishāq. It has been related that Al-Hasan Al-Baṣrī said: "She leaves the prayer for fifty days if she does not see that she is pure." 'Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāḥ and Ash-Sha'bi, has been reported to say: "Sixty days."

Arabic text

١٣٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُجَاعُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ أَبُو بَدْرٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَهْلٍ، عَنْ ‌مُسَّةَ الْأَزْدِيَّةِ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَتِ النُّفَسَاءُ» تَجْلِسُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا، وَكُنَّا نَطْلِي وُجُوهَنَا بِالْوَرْسِ مِنَ الْكَلَفِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَبِي سَهْلٍ عَنْ مُسَّةَ الْأَزْدِيَّةِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَاسْمُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ كَثِيرُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ: عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى ثِقَةٌ، وَأَبُو سَهْلٍ ثِقَةٌ. وَلَمْ يَعْرِفْ مُحَمَّدٌ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَبِي سَهْلٍ. وَقَدْ أَجْمَعَ أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ وَمَنْ بَعْدَهُمْ عَلَى أَنَّ النُّفَسَاءَ تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا إِلَّا أَنْ تَرَى الطُّهْرَ قَبْلَ ذَلِكَ، فَإِنَّهَا تَغْتَسِلُ وَتُصَلِّي. فَإِذَا رَأَتِ الدَّمَ بَعْدَ الْأَرْبَعِينَ: فَإِنَّ أَكْثَرَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ قَالُوا: لَا تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ بَعْدَ الْأَرْبَعِينَ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَكْثَرِ الْفُقَهَاءِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ. وَيُرْوَى عَنِ الْحَسَنِ الْبَصْرِيِّ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: إِنَّهَا تَدَعُ الصَّلَاةَ خَمْسِينَ يَوْمًا إِذَا لَمْ تَرَ الطُّهْرَ. وَيُرْوَى عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ وَالشَّعْبِيِّ: سِتِّينَ يَوْمًا.

Footnotes

1 [1] Bleeding after childbirth.

2 [2] Wars is normally used to refer to a plant that is used to produce a yellowish dye. It is occasionally used to refer to dyeing in general.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 139

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 139

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 106

What Has Been Related About A Man Going To All Of His Women With One Ghusl

Hadith 140

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

140. Anas narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would go around to his women with one Ghusl." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There is a narration on this topic from Abū Rāfi'. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of Anas: ["That the Prophet ﷺ would go around to his women with one Ghusl"] is a Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. This is the saying of more than one of the people of knowledge. Among them is Al-Hasan Al-Baṣrī, who said that there is no harm in repeating it before performing Wudu'. Muḥammad bin Yūsuf has reported this from Sufyān, he said: "From Abū 'Urwah, from Abū Al-Khaṭṭāb, from Anas." Abū 'Urwah is Ma'mar bin Rāshid, and Abū Al-Khaṭṭāb is Qatādah bin Di'āmah. [Abū 'Eisā said: Some of them narrated it from Muḥammad bin Yūsuf, from Sufyān, from Ibn Abū 'Urwah, from Abū Al-Khaṭṭāb. But this is a mistake, what is correct is "from Abū 'Urwah."]

Arabic text

١٤٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو أَحْمَدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْمَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَطُوفُ عَلَى نِسَائِهِ فِي غُسْلٍ وَاحِدٍ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ. حَدِيثُ أَنَسٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، مِنْهُمُ الْحَسَنُ الْبَصْرِيُّ: أَنْ لَا بَأْسَ أَنْ يَعُودَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ. وَقَدْ رَوَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ هَذَا عَنْ سُفْيَانَ فَقَالَ: عَنْ أَبِي عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْخَطَّابِ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، وَأَبُو عُرْوَةَ هُوَ مَعْمَرُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، وَأَبُو الْخَطَّابِ: قَتَادَةُ بْنُ دِعَامَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 140

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 140

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 107

What Has Been Related [About The Junub Person] When He Wants To Repeat (Sexual Relations) He Should Perform Wudu'

Hadith 141

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

141. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When one of you comes to his wife, then he wants to repeat (it), let him perform Wudu' between them." (Saḥīh) [He said:] There is something on this topic from 'Umar. Abū 'Eisā said: The Ḥadīth of Abū Sa'eed is a Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Ḥadīth This is the saying of 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb. More than one of the people of knowledge held this view. They said that when a man cohabitates with his wife, then he wants to repeat it, he should perform Wuḍū' before he repeats it. Abū Al-Mutawakkil's name is 'Alī bin Dāwud. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī's name is Sa'd bin Mālik bin Sinān.

Arabic text

١٤١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمٍ الْأَحْوَلِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الْمُتَوَكِّلِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا أَتَى أَحَدُكُمْ أَهْلَهُ ثُمَّ أَرَادَ أَنْ يَعُودَ فَلْيَتَوَضَّأْ» بَيْنَهُمَا وُضُوءًا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُمَرَ. حَدِيثُ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، وَقَالَ بِهِ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، قَالُوا: إِذَا جَامَعَ الرَّجُلُ امْرَأَتَهُ ثُمَّ أَرَادَ أَنْ يَعُودَ فَلْيَتَوَضَّأْ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَعُودَ. وَأَبُو الْمُتَوَكِّلِ اسْمُهُ عَلِيُّ بْنُ دَاوُدَ. وَأَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيُّ اسْمُهُ: سَعْدُ بْنُ مَالِكِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 141

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 141

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 108

What Has Been Related About When Standing For The Prayer, And One Of You Finds That He Has To Relieve Himself, [Then Let Him Relieve Himself First].

Hadith 142

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

142. Hishām bin 'Urwah narrated from his father, ('Urwah) from 'Abdullāh bin Al-Arqam. He ('Urwah) said: "While standing for the prayer he ('Abdullāh bin Al-Arqam) took a man by the hand leading him forward, he ('Abdullāh) was in front of the people, and he said: 'I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ say: "When standing for the prayer and one of you finds that he has to relieve himself, then let him relieve himself first.” (Saḥīḥ) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from ‘Āishah, Abū Hurairah, Thawbān, and Abū Umāmah. Abū ‘Eisā said: The Hadīth of ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Arqam is a Ḥasan Saḥīḥ Hadīth. Similar to this has been reported by Mālik bin Anas, Yahya bin Sa‘eed Al-Qaṭṭān and more than one of the Ḥuffāz, from Hishām bin ‘Urwah, from his father, from ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Arqam. And Wuhaib and others reported it from Hishām bin ‘Urwah, from his father, from a man, from ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Arqam. This is the saying of more than one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, and the Tābi‘īn. It is the view of Aḥmad and Ishāq. They say that one is not to begin the prayer while he feels that he has to defecate or urinate. They say that if he begins the prayer and notices something of this nature, then he should not leave it if he is not distracted by it. Some of the people of knowledge said that there is no harm in praying while one feel the need to defecate or urinate, as long as it does not distract him from the prayer.

Arabic text

١٤٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْأَرْقَمِ، قَالَ: «أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِ رَجُلٍ فَقَدَّمَهُ وَكَانَ إِمَامَ قَوْمِهِ، وَقَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ وَوَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْخَلَاءَ فَلْيَبْدَأْ بِالْخَلَاءِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ وَثَوْبَانَ وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ. حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْأَرْقَمِ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. هَكَذَا رَوَى مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ وَيَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الْحُفَّاظِ عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْأَرْقَمِ. وَرَوَى وُهَيْبٌ وَغَيْرُهُ عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْأَرْقَمِ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ، قَالَا: لَا يَقُومُ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَهُوَ يَجِدُ شَيْئًا مِنَ الْغَائِطِ وَالْبَوْلِ، وَقَالَا: إِنْ دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَوَجَدَ شَيْئًا مِنْ ذَلِكَ فَلَا يَنْصَرِفْ مَا لَمْ يَشْغَلْهُ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ: لَا بَأْسَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ وَبِهِ غَائِطٌ أَوْ بَوْلٌ مَا لَمْ يَشْغَلْهُ ذَلِكَ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 142

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 142

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 109

What Has Been Related About Wudū' Due To What One Has Walked In

Hadith 143

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

143. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Awf's Umm Walad[1] said, "I said to Umm Salamah: 'Indeed I am a woman with lengthy hems, and I walk in places of filth.' So she said: 'Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "It is purified by what comes after it." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] 'Abdullāh bin Al-Mubārak reported this Hadīth from Mālik bin Anas, from Muḥammad bin 'Umārah, from Muḥammad bin Ibrāhīm, from the Umm Walad of Hūd bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Awf, from Umm Salamah. But this is incorrect, ['Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Awf did not have a son named Hūd.] It should be: "from the Umm Walad of Ibrāhīm bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Awf, from Umm Salamah," this is what is correct. He said: On this topic, it is reported that Ibn Mas'ūd said: "We were with Allāh's Messenger, and we did not perform Wudū' for what we walked in." Abū 'Eisā said: This is the saying of more than one of the people of knowledge. They say: When a man walks in a filthy place it is not required for him to wash his feet, unless it (the filth) is wet, then he washes where it touched.

Arabic text

١٤٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ وَلَدٍ لِعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، قَالَتْ: «قُلْتُ ‌لِأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ : إِنِّي امْرَأَةٌ أُطِيلُ ذَيْلِي وَأَمْشِي فِي الْمَكَانِ الْقَذِرِ؟ فَقَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يُطَهِّرُهُ» مَا بَعْدَهُ. وَرَوَى عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أُمِّ وَلَدٍ لِهُودِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ. وَهُوَ وَهَمٌ وَلَيْسَ لِعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ ابْنٌ يُقَالُ لَهُ هُودٌ، وَإِنَّمَا هُوَ عَنْ أُمِّ وَلَدٍ لِإِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَهَذَا الصَّحِيحُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَا نَتَوَضَّأُ مِنَ الْمَوْطَأِ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، قَالُوا: إِذَا وَطِئَ الرَّجُلُ عَلَى الْمَكَانِ الْقَذِرِ أَنَّهُ لَا يَجِبُ عَلَيْهِ غَسْلُ الْقَدَمِ، إِلَّا أَنْ يَكُونَ رَطْبًا فَيَغْسِلَ مَا أَصَابَهُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] The term used for a slave woman who begets a child for her master.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 143

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 143

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 110

What Has Been Related About Tayammum

Hadith 144

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

144. 'Ammār bin Yāsir narrated that the Prophet ﷺ ordered him to perform Tayammum by rubbing his face and two palms. (Hasan) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Āishah and Ibn 'Abbās. Abū 'Eisā said: The Hadīth of 'Ammār is a Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth. It has been reported from 'Ammār by more than one route. This is the opinion of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, among them: 'Alī, 'Ammār, Ibn 'Abbās, and more than one of the Tābi'īn, among them: Ash-Sha'bi, 'Aṭā', and Makhūl. They said that Tayammum is performed by rubbing the face and the palms. And this is the view of Aḥmad and Iṣhāq. Some of the people of knowledge – among them Ibn ‘Umar, Jābir, Ibrāhīm, and Al-Ḥasan – said: Tayammum is performed by rubbing the face and rubbing the hands up to the elbows. And this is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Mālik, Ibn Al-Mubārak, and Ash-Shāfi‘ī. The Hadīth from ‘Ammār about Tayammum, in which he said: “the face and two palms” has been reported from more than one route. It has also been reported from ‘Ammār that he said: “We performed Tayammum in the presence of the Prophet ﷺ up to the shoulders and armpits.” So some of the people of knowledge considered the Hadīth of ‘Ammār – from the Prophet ﷺ, stating that Tayammum is for the face and the two hands – as weak, because of what was reported from him in the Hadīth about the shoulders and the armpits. Ishāq bin Ibrāhīm [bin Mukhlad Al-Ḥanzālī] said: The Hadīth of ‘Ammār on Tayammum for the face and the two palms is a [Ḥasan] Ṣaḥīḥ Hadīth, and the Hadīth of ‘Ammār: “We performed Tayammum with the Prophet ﷺ up to our shoulders and our armpits” does not contradict the Hadīth that mentions the face and the two palms. Because ‘Ammār did not say that the Prophet ﷺ ordered them to do that, he only said, “We did this and that" so when the Prophet ﷺ was asked about it, he ordered them to do the face and the two palms. [So he resorted to what Allāh's Messenger ﷺ taught him: the face and the two palms.] The proof for this is the verdict that 'Ammār gave after the death of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ that Tayammum is to rub the face and two palms. This indicated that he resorted to the instruction that the Messenger of Allāh gave him that Tayammum involves only the face and the palms. [He said: I heard Abū Zur'ah 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdul-Karīm saying: "I did not see any who was better at memorizing in Al-Baṣrah than these three: 'Alī bin Al-Madīnī, Ibn Ash-Shādhakūnī, and 'Amr bin 'Alī Al-Fallās." ][1] [Abū Zu'rah said: 'Affān bin Muslim narrated a Hadīth from 'Amr bin 'Alī]

Arabic text

١٤٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو حَفْصٍ عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْفَلَّاسُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدٌ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَزْرَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبْزَى، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَهُ بِالتَّيَمُّمِ لِلْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ. حَدِيثُ عَمَّارٍ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ عَمَّارٍ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ. وَهُوَ قَوْلُ غَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهُمْ: عَلِيٌّ، وَعَمَّارٌ، وَابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، وَغَيْرِ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ التَّابِعِينَ، مِنْهُمُ الشَّعْبِيُّ، وَعَطَاءٌ، وَمَكْحُولٌ، قَالُوا: التَّيَمُّمُ ضَرْبَةٌ لِلْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ أَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ. وَقَالَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْهُمُ ابْنُ عُمَرَ، وَجَابِرٌ، وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ، وَالْحَسَنُ، قَالُوا: التَّيَمُّمُ ضَرْبَةٌ لِلْوَجْهِ وَضَرْبَةٌ لِلْيَدَيْنِ إِلَى الْمِرْفَقَيْنِ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ وَمَالِكٌ وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ عَمَّارٍ فِي التَّيَمُّمِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: لِلْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ، مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ عَنْ عَمَّارٍ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: تَيَمَّمْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْمَنَاكِبِ وَالْآبَاطِ. فَضَعَّفَ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ حَدِيثَ عَمَّارٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي التَّيَمُّمِ لِلْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ؛ لَمَّا رُوِيَ عَنْهُ حَدِيثُ الْمَنَاكِبِ وَالْآبَاطِ. قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ: حَدِيثُ عَمَّارٍ فِي التَّيَمُّمِ لِلْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ هُوَ حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ، وَحَدِيثُ عَمَّارٍ: تَيَمَّمْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْمَنَاكِبِ وَالْآبَاطِ، لَيْسَ هُوَ بِمُخَالِفٍ لِحَدِيثِ الْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ؛ لِأَنَّ عَمَّارًا لَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَهُمْ بِذَلِكَ، وَإِنَّمَا قَالَ: فَعَلْنَا كَذَا وَكَذَا، فَلَمَّا سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَهُ بِالْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ، وَالدَّلِيلُ عَلَى ذَلِكَ مَا أَفْتَى بِهِ عَمَّارٌ بَعْدَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي التَّيَمُّمِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: الْوَجْهِ وَالْكَفَّيْنِ، فَفِي هَذَا دَلَالَةٌ أَنَّهُ انْتَهَى إِلَى مَا عَلَّمَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 144

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 144

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 145

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

145. 'Ikrimah narrated that Ibn 'Abbās was asked about Tayammum. He said: "When Allāh mentioned Wudū' in His Book, He said: "So wash your faces and your hands (forearms) up to the elbows."[2] And He said about Tayammum: "And rub therewith your faces and hands"[1] And He said: "And the male thief and the female thief; cut off their hands."[2] So the Sunnah for cutting is the two hands. So it is only the face and the hands, meaning, Tayammum." (Da'if) Abū 'Eisā said: this Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

١٤٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌هُشَيْمٌ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ الْقُرَشِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌دَاوُدَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ ، عَنْ ‌عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ «أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ عَنِ التَّيَمُّمِ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ اللهَ قَالَ فِي كِتَابِهِ حِينَ ذَكَرَ الْوُضُوءَ: {فَاغْسِلُوا وُجُوهَكُمْ وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ إِلَى الْمَرَافِقِ}، وَقَالَ فِي التَّيَمُّمِ: {فَامْسَحُوا بِوُجُوهِكُمْ وَأَيْدِيكُمْ} وَقَالَ: {وَالسَّارِقُ وَالسَّارِقَةُ فَاقْطَعُوا أَيْدِيَهُمَا} فَكَانَتِ السُّنَّةُ فِي الْقَطْعِ الْكَفَّيْنِ، إِنَّمَا هُوَ الْوَجْهُ وَالْكَفَّانِ؛ يَعْنِي: التَّيَمُّمَ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] The last of whom At-Tirmidhī narrated this Hadīth from.

2 [2] Al-Mā'idah 5:6

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 145

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 145

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 111

What Has Been Related About A Man Reciting The Qur'ān Under Any Circumstances As Long As He Is Not Junub

Hadith 146

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

146. 'Alī narrated: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would recite the Qur'ān in all conditions, as long as he was not Junub." (Hasan) Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth of 'Alī is a Hasan Ṣaḥīh Hadīth. And it is the view of more than one of the people of knowledge among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ and the Tābi'īn. They said: A man may recite the Qur'an without having Wudu', but he is not to recite from the Mushaf[1] unless he is in a state of purity. This is the saying of Sufyān Ath-Thawrī, Ash-Shāfi'i, Aḥmad and Ishāq.

Arabic text

١٤٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْأَشَجُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ ‌وَعُقْبَةُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْأَعْمَشُ ‌وَابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ سَلِمَةَ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُقْرِئُنَا الْقُرْآنَ عَلَى كُلِّ حَالٍ مَا لَمْ يَكُنْ جُنُبًا». حَدِيثُ عَلِيٍّ حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَبِهِ قَالَ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالتَّابِعِينَ، قَالُوا: يَقْرَأُ الرَّجُلُ الْقُرْآنَ عَلَى غَيْرِ وُضُوءٍ، وَلَا يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمُصْحَفِ إِلَّا وَهُوَ طَاهِرٌ، وَبِهِ يَقُولُ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ وَالشَّافِعِيُّ وَأَحْمَدُ وَإِسْحَاقُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] An-Nisā' 4:43

2 [2] Al-Mā'idah 5:38

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 146

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 146

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 112

What Has Been Related About Urine That Touches The Ground

Hadith 147

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

147. Abū Hurairah narrated: "A Bedouin entered the Masjid while the Prophet ﷺ was sitting. He prayed, then when he was finished, he said: 'O Allāh! Have mercy upon me and Muḥammad, and do not have mercy on anyone along with us.' The Prophet ﷺ turned towards him and said: 'You have restricted something that is unrestricted.' It was not long before he was urinating in the Masjid. So the people rushed to him. But Prophet ﷺ said: 'Pour a bucket of water over it – or – a tumbler of water over it.' Then he said: 'You have been sent to make things easy (for the people); you have not been sent to make things difficult for them.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٤٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عُمَرَ ‌وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «دَخَلَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ» الْمَسْجِدَ، وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسٌ، فَصَلَّى، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْنِي وَمُحَمَّدًا، وَلَا تَرْحَمْ مَعَنَا أَحَدًا. فَالْتَفَتَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: لَقَدْ تَحَجَّرْتَ وَاسِعًا، فَلَمْ يَلْبَثْ أَنْ بَالَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَأَسْرَعَ إِلَيْهِ النَّاسُ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَهْرِيقُوا عَلَيْهِ سَجْلًا مِنْ مَاءٍ أَوْ دَلْوًا مِنْ مَاءٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّمَا بُعِثْتُمْ مُيَسِّرِينَ وَلَمْ تُبْعَثُوا مُعَسِّرِينَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] A printed copy of the Qur'an.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 147

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 147

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 148

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

148. Anas bin Mālik narrated similar to this (no. 147). [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd, Ibn 'Abbās, and Wāthilah bin Al-Asqa'. (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū 'Eisā said: [And] this Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Some of the people of knowledge act according to this, it is the view of Aḥmad and Ishāq. Yūnus reported this Hadīth from Az-Zuhri, from 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh, from Abū Hurairah. In the Name of Allāh,the Merciful, the Beneficent

Arabic text

١٤٨ - قَالَ ‌سَعِيدٌ: قَالَ ‌سُفْيَانُ: وَحَدَّثَنِي ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ نَحْوَ هَذَا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ وَوَاثِلَةَ بْنِ الْأَسْقَعِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَالْعَمَلُ عَلَى هَذَا عِنْدَ بَعْضِ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَحْمَدَ وَإِسْحَاقَ. وَقَدْ رَوَى يُونُسُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. آخِرُ أَبْوَابِ الطَّهَارَةِ

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 148

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 148

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes